HomeMy WebLinkAbout2020-10-06; City Council; Resolution 2020-197RESOLUTION NO. 2020-197
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD,
CALIFORNIA, APPROVING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AUTHORIZING THE
CITY CLERK TO ADVERTISE FOR BIDS, AND APPROVING ADDITIONAL
FUNDING APPROPRIATION FROM THE TRAFFIC IMPACT FEES IN AN
AMOUNT OF $221,000 FOR PHASE I OF THE EL CAMINO REAL AND CANNON
ROAD INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS, CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
(CIP) PROJECT NOS. 6042 AND 6056 (PROJECT).
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California has determined that it is necessary
and in the public interest to improve the intersection at El Camino Real and Cannon Road, CIP Project
Nos. 6042 and 6056; and
WHEREAS, the plans, specifications and contract documents for Phase I of the El Camino Real
and Cannon Road Intersection Improvements, CIP Project Nos. 6042 and 6056 (Project), have been
prepared and are on file at the city clerk's office and are incorporated herein by reference; and
WHEREAS, funding for said Project that has been appropriated from the Traffic Impact Fees and
Infrastructure Replacement fund is not sufficient; and
WHEREAS, additional appropriations for said Project will be appropriated from the Traffic
Impact Fees in the amount of $221,000; and
WHEREAS, the City Planner has determined that the Project is categorically exempt from the
California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15301(c) and Section
15301(d) and that no exception as set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15300.2 applies.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, as
follows:
1. That the above recitations are true and correct.
2. That the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Project are hereby
approved.
3. That the City Planner has determined that the Project is categorically exempt from the
California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section
15301(c) and Section 15301(d) and that no exemption to the exemption as set forth in
CEQA Guidelines section 15300.2 applies.
Oct. 6, 2020 Item #3 Page 5 of 19
-
4. That the deputy city manager, administrative services, is authorized and directed to
appropriate Traffic Impact Fees in the amount of $221,000 for construction of the
Project.
5. That the city clerk of the City of Carlsbad is hereby authorized and directed to publish in
accordance with state law, a Notice to Contractors Inviting Bids for construction of the
Project, in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents referred
to herein.
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City of
Carlsbad on the 6th day of October, 2020, by the following vote, to wit:
AYES: Hall, Blackburn, Bhat-Patel, Schumacher.
NAYS: None.
ABSENT: None.
cfr#71,zei
MATT HALL, Mayor
BARBARA ENGLESON, City Clerk
(SEAL)
CA F?
• -..F61 s
Oct. 6, 2020 Item #3 Page 6 of 19
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 1 of 193
CITY OF CARLSBAD
San Diego County
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL
PROVISIONS, AND SUPPLEMENTAL
PROVISIONS
FOR
EL CAMINO REAL
BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS
AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
BID NO. PWS21-1272TRAN
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 2 of 193
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item Page Notice Inviting Bids ................................................................................................................ 8 Contractor's Proposal ........................................................................................................... 15
Bid Security Form ................................................................................................................ 24 Bidder’s Bond to Accompany Proposal ................................................................................ 25
Guide for Completing the “Designation of Subcontractors” Form ......................................... 26
Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor’s Bid Items ............................. 28 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience ....................................................... 29 Bidder’s Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers’ Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers’ Compensation ................................................................................... 30
Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment ....................................................................................... 31 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record …………………………………………… ................. 32 Noncollusion Declaration to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid ........................ 34 Contract Public Works .......................................................................................................... 35 Labor and Materials Bond .................................................................................................... 42
Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond ................................................................................... 44 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention .................................. 46
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 3 of 193
GENERAL PROVISIONS (REPLACES PART 1 OF THE 2015 SSPWC) Section 1 Terms, Definitions, Abbreviations, and Symbols 1-1 Terms .......................................................... ................................................ 49 1-2 Definitions .................................................... ................................................ 49 1-3 Abbreviations ............................................... ................................................ 53 1-4 Units of Measure .......................................... ................................................ 56 1-5 Symbols ....................................................... ................................................ 57
Section 2 Scope and Control of Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract ................. ................................................ 58 2-2 Assignment .................................................. ................................................ 58 2-3 Subcontracts ................................................ ................................................ 58 2-4 Contract Bonds ............................................ ................................................ 59
2-5 Plans and Specifications .............................. ................................................ 60 2-6 Work to be Done .......................................... ................................................ 64 2-7 Subsurface Data .......................................... ................................................ 64
2-8 Right-of-Way ................................................ ................................................ 64 2-9 Surveying ..................................................... ................................................ 64 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer .................. ................................................ 68
2-11 Inspection .................................................... ................................................ 69 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor ........ ................................................ 70 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency .................. ................................................ 70 3-3 Extra Work ................................................... ................................................ 71 3-4 Changed Conditions .................................... ................................................ 74 3-5 Disputed Work ............................................. ................................................ 75 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship ......................... ................................................ 81 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ........................................... 85 Section 5 Utilities
5-1 Location ....................................................... ................................................ 86 5-2 Protection .................................................... ................................................ 86 5-3 Removal ...................................................... ................................................ 87
5-4 Relocation .................................................... ................................................ 87 5-5 Delays .......................................................... ................................................ 88 5-6 Cooperation ................................................. ................................................ 88
Section 6 Prosecution, Progress, and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work ................................... 90 6-2 Prosecution of Work ..................................... ................................................ 94 6-3 Suspension of Work ..................................... ................................................ 95 6-4 Default by Contractor ................................... ................................................ 95 6-5 Termination of Contract................................ ................................................ 96 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time .................... ................................................ 96 6-7 Time of Completion ...................................... ................................................ 97 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty ....... ................................................ 98 6-9 Liquidated Damages .................................... ................................................ 98
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 4 of 193
6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction .... ................................................ 98 Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor’s Equipment and Facilities .......... .............................................. 100 7-2 Labor ........................................................... .............................................. 100 7-3 Liability Insurance ........................................ .............................................. 100 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance .............. .............................................. 100 7-5 Permits ........................................................ .............................................. 101 7-6 The Contractor’s Representative .................. .............................................. 101 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work ................. .............................................. 102 7-8 Project Site Maintenance ............................. .............................................. 102 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements ................................. 104 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety ................... .............................................. 105 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties .............................. .............................................. 111 7-12 Advertising ................................................... .............................................. 111 7-13 Laws to be Observed ................................... .............................................. 111 7-14 Antitrust Claims ............................................ .............................................. 111 Section 8 Environmental Stewardship 8-1 Environmental Requirements ...................... .............................................. 112 8-2 Pre-Construction Surveys ............................ .............................................. 112 8-3 Environmental Monitoring ............................ .............................................. 112 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work .......................................... 113 9-2 Lump Sum Work .......................................... .............................................. 113 9-3 Payment ...................................................... .............................................. 113 9-4 Bid Items ...................................................... .............................................. 117
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 5 of 193
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PARTS 2 THROUGH 8 OF THE 2015 SSPWC Part 2 Construction Materials Section 200 Rock Materials 200-2 Untreated Base Materials ................................................................................. 123 Section 201 Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials 201-1 Portland Cement Concrete .............................................................................. 124 201-2 Reinforcement for Concrete ............................................................................ 128 201-3 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants ........................................................ 128
201-10 Concrete Anchors ........................................................................................... 129 Section 203 Bituminous Materials
203-5 Slurry Seal ....................................................................................................... 130 203-6 Asphalt Concrete ............................................................................................. 130 203-11 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) ..................................................................... 131
Section 204 Lumber and Treatment with Preservatives 204-1 Lumber and Plywood ....................................................................................... 131 Section 205 Piles 205-2 Steel Piles ........................................................................................................ 131 Section 206 Miscellaneous Metal Items 206-1 Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, Pins, and Anchor Bolts ..................................... 131 206-6 Chain Link Fence ............................................................................................. 131 206-7 Traffic Signs ..................................................................................................... 131 206-8 Light Gage Steel Tubing and Connectors ........................................................ 134 206-9 Prefabricated Steel Bridge ............................................................................... 135 206-10 Steel Gates ...................................................................................................... 135
206-11 Tubular Bicycle Railings ................................................................................... 136 Section 210 Paint and Protective Coatings
210-1 Paint ................................................................................................................ 137 210-3 Galvanizing ...................................................................................................... 137 210-6 Methacrylate Resin Bridge Deck Treatment ..................................................... 138
Section 213 Engineering Geosynthetics 213-5 Geotextiles and Geogrids ................................................................................. 138 213-6 Erosion Control Specialties .............................................................................. 138 Section 214 Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings, and Pavement Markers
214-4 Paint for Striping and Markings ........................................................................ 139 214-6 Pavement Markers ........................................................................................... 139 Section 215 Environmental Fencing 215-1 Environmental Fencing .................................................................................... 140
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 6 of 193
PART 3 Construction Methods
Section 300 Earthwork 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing ..................................................................................... 141 300-3 Structure Excavation and Backfill ..................................................................... 141
300-5 Borrow Excavation ........................................................................................... 142 300-9 Geotextiles for Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control. ........................... 143 300-11 Stonework for Erosion Control ......................................................................... 143
300-12 Rock Slope Protection Fabric ........................................................................... 143 300-13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ............................................................ 144 Section 301 Subgrade Preparation, Treated Materials, and Placement of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation ...................................................................................... 147
Section 302 Roadway Surfacing 302-3 General ........................................................................................................... 147 302-4 Slurry Seal Surfacing ....................................................................................... 148 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement ............................................................................ 148 302-14 Asphalt Pavement Repairs and Remediation ................................................... 149 Section 303 Concrete and Masonry Construction. 303-1 Concrete Structures ......................................................................................... 150 303-4 Masonry Construction ...................................................................................... 151 303-5 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, and Driveways ..................................................................... 151
303-9 Concrete Removal ........................................................................................... 151 303-10 Concrete Anchors ............................................................................................ 152 303-11 Refinishing Bridge Decks ................................................................................. 153
Section 304 Metal Fabrication and Construction 304-2 Metal Hand Railings ......................................................................................... 154
304-3 Chain Link Fence ............................................................................................. 154 304-6 Prefabricated Steel Bridge ............................................................................... 154 304-7 Steel Gates ...................................................................................................... 156 304-8 Tubular Bicycle Railings ................................................................................... 156 Section 305 Pile Driving and Timber Construction 305-2 Micropiles ........................................................................................................ 157
Section 306 Open Trench Conduit Construction 306-3 Trench Excavation ........................................................................................... 166 306-6 Bedding ........................................................................................................... 169 306-13 Trench Resurfacing .......................................................................................... 169 Section 311 Special Protective Materials
311-2 Methacrylate Resin Bridge Deck Treatment ..................................................... 170 Section 312 Permanent Crash Cushions
312-1 Permanent Crash Cushions ............................................................................. 173
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 7 of 193
Section 314 Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings, and Pavement Markers 314-1 General ............................................................................................................ 173
314-2 Removal of Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings ....................... 174 314-4 Application of Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings ..................... 174 314-5 Pavement Markers ........................................................................................... 174
PART 6 Temporary Traffic Control
Section 600 Access 600-1 General ............................................................................................................ 176 600-4 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades ............................................................... 176 Section 602 Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers 602-1 General ............................................................................................................ 179
602-2 Temporary Pavement Markers ......................................................................... 179 602-3 Channelizers .................................................................................................... 179 Section 603 Temporary Traffic Signing 603-1 General ............................................................................................................ 180 603-2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs .......................................................... 180 Section 604 Temporary Railing (Type K) and Crash Cushions 604-1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions ........................................................... 180 604-2 Appearance ..................................................................................................... 180 604-3 Manufacture of Temporary Railing ................................................................... 180
604-4 Installation of Temporary Railing ...................................................................... 181 604-5 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions .......................................................... 181 604-6 Measurement and Payment ............................................................................. 181 PART 7 Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems
Section 700 Materials 700-5 Traffic Signal Materials..................................................................................... 183 Section 702 Bridge Electrical Requirements General ............................................................................................................ 183 Products .......................................................................................................... 186 Execution ......................................................................................................... 188
PART 8 Landscape and Irrigation Section 800 Materials 800-1 Landscape Materials ........................................................................................ 191 APPENDIX A SWPPP APPENDIX B REVEGETATION SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX C SDG&E PLANS
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 8 of 193
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Until ________________ on _________________, 2020, the City shall accept bids via electronic format via the City of Carlsbad Electronic Bidding Site, PlanetBids, which may be accessed at https://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/finance/contracting/default.asp, for performing the work as follows: The El Camino Real Bridge Improvements project consists, in general, of replac-ing bridge barriers, widening the sidewalk overhang, constructing a new single-span pedestrian bridge and foundations, removing and constructing masonry sound walls, and performing asso-ciated sidewalk, curb, and landscape improvements. EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 BID NO. PWS21-1272TRAN ELECTRONIC FORMAT RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS: Bids will be received in electronic format (eBids) EXCLUSIVELY at the City of Carlsbad’s electronic bidding (eBidding) site, at: https://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/finance/contracting/default.asp and are due by the date and time shown on the cover of this solicitation. BIDDERS MUST BE PRE-REGISTERED with the City’s bidding system and possess a system-assigned Digital ID in order to submit an electronic bid. The City’s electronic bidding (eBidding) system will automatically track information submitted to
the site including IP addresses, browsers being used and the URLs from which information was submitted. In addition, the City’s bidding system will keep a history of every login instance including the time of login, and other information about the user's computer configuration such as the operating system, browser type, version, and more. Because of these security features, Bidders who disable their browsers’ cookies will not be able to log in and use the City’s bidding system. The City’s electronic bidding system is responsible for bid tabulations. Upon the bidder’s or
proposer’s entry of their bid, the system will ensure that all required fields are entered. The system will not accept a bid for which any required information is missing. This includes all necessary pricing, subcontractor listing(s) and any other essential documentation and supporting materials
and forms requested or contained in these solicitation documents. BIDS REMAIN SEALED UNTIL DUE DATE AND TIME.
eBids are transmitted into the City’s bidding system via hypertext transfer protocol secure (https) mechanism using SSL 128-256-bit security certificates issued from Verisign/Thawte which encrypts data being transferred from client to server. Bids submitted prior to the Due Date and
Time are not available for review by anyone other than the submitter, who will have until the Due Date and Time to change, rescind or retrieve its bid should they desire to do so. BIDS MUST BE SUBMITTED BY DUE DATE AND TIME. Once the deadline is reached, no further submissions are accepted into the system. Once the Due Date and Time has passed, bidders, proposers, the general public, and City staff are able to immediately see the results online. City staff may then begin reviewing the submissions for responsiveness, compliance and other issues.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 9 of 193
RECAPITULATION OF THE WORK. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the Work. Conditional Bids may be rejected as being
non-responsive. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless called for. BIDS MAY BE WITHDRAWN by the Bidder prior to, but not after, the time set as Due Date and Time. Important Note: Submission of the electronic bid into the system may not be instantaneous. Due
to the speed and capabilities of the user’s internet service provider (ISP), bandwidth, computer hardware and other variables, it may take time for the bidder’s submission to upload and be received by the City’s eBidding system. It is the bidder’s sole responsibility to ensure their bids are received on time by the City’s eBidding system. The City of Carlsbad is not responsible for bids that do not arrive by the Due Date and Time. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS CARRY FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. The Bidder, by submitting their electronic proposal, agrees to and certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the certification, forms and affidavits submitted as part of this proposal are true and correct. The bidder, by submitting its electronic bid, acknowledges that doing so carries the same force and full legal effect as a paper submission with a longhand (wet) signature. By submitting an electronic bid, the bidder certifies that the bidder has thoroughly examined and understands the entire Contract Documents (which consist of the plans and specifications, drawings, forms, affidavits and the solicitation documents), and that by submitting the eBid as its bid proposal, the bidder acknowledges, agrees to and is bound by the entire Contract Documents, including any addenda issued thereto, and incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents. BIDS ARE PUBLIC RECORDS Upon receipt by the City, bids shall become public records subject to public disclosure. It is the
responsibility of the Bidder to clearly identify any confidential, proprietary, trade secret or otherwise legally privileged information contained within the proposal’s General references to sections of the California Public Records Act (PRA) will not suffice. If the Bidder does not provide
applicable case law that clearly establishes that the requested information is exempt from the disclosure requirements of the PRA, the City shall be free to release the information when required in accordance with the PRA, pursuant to any other applicable law, or by order of any court or government agency, and the Bidder agrees to hold the City harmless for any such release of this information. This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional
time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevoca-ble offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Depart-ment. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The
bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 10 of 193
to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be sub-stituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure
performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions
of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract.
The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another juris-diction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the City Clerk’s Office at 1200
Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314. The specifications for the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Parts 2 through 8, 2015 Edition, all here-inafter designated “SSPWC”, as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contrac-tors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer.
BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly
executed including notarization, where indicated. 1. Contractor's Proposal
2. Bidder's Bond (At Time of Bid Submit PDF Copy via PlanetBids / All Bidders). Bid Bond (Original) Due By 5 PM Next Business Day After Bid Opening/ 5 Apparent Low Bidders. 3. Noncollusion Declaration 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor’s Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award
of this contract. 8. Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER’S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is
$1,797,000.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 11 of 193
TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General
Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive
and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submit-ted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. A General Engineering Contractor, license classification A, is required for
this project. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and sub-mitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained from the City’s website http://www.carlsbadca.gov/services/depts/finance/contracting/bids.asp. Paper copies will not be sold.
INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings,
specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the draw-ings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of
which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore spec-ified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Con-tract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections
1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of
wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 12 of 193
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and
Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work.
A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pur-suant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.
The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. PRE-BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between
words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated, and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals.
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
BIDDER’S INQUIRIES Questions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via email,
solely to: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator
graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, de-
tails or specification sheets. The cutoff date to submit questions regarding this project is October XX, 2020. No questions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and made available via the City of Carlsbad PlanetBids portal by October XX, 2020. ADDENDA Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 13 of 193
BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Pro-
visions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis-sioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commenc-ing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California
by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 14 of 193
October 7, 2020
Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. ______________, adopted on the 6th day of October, 2020.
___________________________ ____________________________________
Date Graham Jordan, Deputy City Clerk
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 15 of 193
CITY OF CARLSBAD
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL
City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 6042/6059 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and
that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE “A” BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS
Item No.
Description
Approx.
Quantity and Unit
Unit Price
Total A-1 Mobilization at Not to $___________ Exceed $150,000
(Price in Words)
A-2 Cold Mill AC Pavement (2-inch) at 42 SY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-3 2-Inch Asphalt Concrete Overlay at 42 SY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-4 Concrete Sidewalk at 24 CY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 16 of 193
Item
No.
Description
Approx. Quantity
and Unit
Unit
Price
Total A-5 Remove and Replace As-
phalt Concrete (Full Depth) at
16 TON $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-6 Remove and Dispose Exist-ing Sidewalk at 52 SY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-7 Remove and Dispose Curb and Gutter 198 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-8 Remove and Dispose Exist-ing Guard Rail at 135 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-9 Curb and Gutter at 200 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-10 Type A Curb Ramp at 1 EA $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-11 Embankment Fill at 200 CY $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-12 Erosion and Sediment Con-trols at LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 17 of 193
Item
No.
Description
Approx. Quantity
and Unit
Unit
Price
Total A-13 Rip-Rap Stone at 65 CY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-14 Rock Slope Protection Fabric at 100 SY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-15 Clear and Grub, Including Trees at LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-16 Stabilized DG (Landscaping) at 5 TON $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-17 Cobble (2"-3") at 930 SF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-18 Concrete Mow Curb at 215 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words) A-19 Plant Trees (24” Box) at 14 EA $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-20 Furnish Trees (24” Box) at LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 18 of 193
Item
No.
Description
Approx. Quantity
and Unit
Unit
Price
Total A-21 Cut and Cap Existing Irriga-
tion System at
LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-22 Extend Existing Irrigation
System at
LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-23 Recompact 12" Top Soil (Fine Grading) at 55 SF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-24 Erosion Control Mulch at 105 CY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-25 Hydroseeding at 4,600 SF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-26 Reset Chain Link Fence (in-cludes removal) at 26 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-27 42-inch Pedestrian Railing at Top of Slopes at 62 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-28 Traffic Control at LS $___________
(Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 19 of 193
Item
No.
Description
Approx. Quantity
and Unit
Unit
Price
Total A-29 Reset Pipe Handrailing at 148 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-30 Remove Bridge Rail (Type 9-II) at 295 LF $____________ ____________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-31 Remove Bridge (Portion) at LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-32 Remove Masonry Sound Wall at 1,000 SF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-33 Remove Concrete Vault (Por-tion) at LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-34 Structure Excavation (Bridge Abutments) at LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-35 Micropile at 8 EA $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-36 Structural Concrete, Bridge at 91 CY $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 20 of 193
Item
No.
Description
Approx. Quantity
and Unit
Unit
Price
Total A-37 Furnish Prefabricated Steel
Bridge at
1 EA $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-38 Erect Prefabricated Steel Bridge at LS $___________
(Price in Words) A-39 Sound Wall (Masonry Block) at 1,290 SF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-40 Steel Swing Gate at 1 EA $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-41 Tubular Bicycle Railing at 147 LF $____________ $___________ (Unit Price in Words)
A-42 Alternative Crash Cushion System at 2 EA $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words)
A-43 Concrete Barrier (Type 80) at 295 LF $____________ $___________
(Unit Price in Words) A-44 Bridge Lighting at LS $___________ (Price in Words)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 21 of 193
Total amount of bid in words for Schedule “A”: _______________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule “A”: $____________________________________
Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening.
Addendum(a) No(s). ____________________ has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number _________________________, classification ________________ which expires on _______________________, and Department of Industrial Relations PWC registration num-ber ________________________ which expires on _______________________, and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit.
A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the
City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is ______________________________ (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-in-
surance in accordance with the provisions of that code and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 22 of 193
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions.
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted ________________________________________ (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor ______________________________________ (3) Place of Business ___________________________________________________________ (Street and Number) City and State _______________________________________________________________ (4) Zip Code ___________________ Telephone No. __________________________________ (5) E-Mail ____________________________________________________________________ IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted________________________________________
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner)
_________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________
(3) Place of Business ___________________________________________________________ (Street and Number) City and State ______________________________________________________________ (4) Zip Code ___________________ Telephone No. __________________________________
(5) E-Mail ____________________________________________________________________
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 23 of 193
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted ________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________
(2) ____________________________________________________________________________
(Signature) _________________________________________________________________________ (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here
(3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of _______________________________________ (4) Place of Business ___________________________________________________________ (Street and Number) City and State ______________________________________________________________ (5) Zip Code _____________________ Telephone No. ________________________________
(6) E-Mail ____________________________________________________________________ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: ___________________________________ __________________________________
___________________________________ __________________________________ ___________________________________ __________________________________ ___________________________________ __________________________________ ___________________________________ __________________________________
___________________________________ __________________________________ ___________________________________ __________________________________ ___________________________________ __________________________________
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 24 of 193
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid) EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF
CARLSBAD, in the sum of _______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________ dollars ($________________), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insur-ance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the under-signed shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. _______________________________________
_______________________________________ BIDDER
_________________ *Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.)
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 25 of 193
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, _____________________________________________________, as Principal, and _____________________________________, as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) __________________________ for which payment, well and truly made, we bind our-selves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly
by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. SIGNED AND SEALED, this ____________ day of ___________________________, 20_____ ________________________________(SEAL) _____________________________(SEAL)
(Principal) (Surety) By: __________________________________ By: ________________________________ (Signature) (Signature) __________________________________ ________________________________
(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)
(SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY – ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: _________________________________ Assistant City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 26 of 193
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following “Subcontractor Disclosure Form” Bidders are
urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, “Bid”, “Bidder”, “Contract”, “Contractor”, “Contract Price”, “Contract Unit Price”, “Engineer”, “Own Or-ganization”, “Subcontractor”, and “Work”. Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bid-der’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the “Contractor’s Proposal” are not included in computing the percent-age of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder’s sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of
materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter “NONE” in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The ex-planation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to
perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 27 of 193
Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 28 of 193
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
(To Accompany Proposal)
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
SUBCONTRACTOR’S BID ITEMS
Portion of Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business
Phone No. and Email Address
DIR Registra-tion No.
Subcontractor’s License No. and Classification*
Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars*
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form _________________
* Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(3)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids.”
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 29 of 193
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal) EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used.
Date Contract Com-pleted
Name and Address of the Employer
Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract Type of Work
Amount of Con-tract
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 30 of 193
BIDDER’S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY,
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
As a required part of the Bidder’s proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: Comprehensive General Liability Automobile Liability Workers Compensation Employer’s Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and
upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer’s Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of in-
surance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies
offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether
owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 31 of 193
BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
(To Accompany Proposal) EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? ______ ______ yes no
2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debar-ments.
_____________________________________ party debarred _____________________________________ agency
_____________________________________ period of debarment
_____________________________________ party debarred _____________________________________ agency
_____________________________________ period of debarment
BY CONTRACTOR: _____________________________________
(name of Contractor) By: __________________________________
(sign here) ___________________________________
(print name/title)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Re Debarment form
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 32 of 193
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal) EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding
a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the
Registrar, Contractors’ State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contrac-
tors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? ______ ______ yes no
2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor’s license ever been stayed? ______ ______ yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board two or more times within an eight year period?
______ ______ yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor’s that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? ______ ______ yes no
5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature
of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 33 of 193
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal)
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who’s discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________ (name of Contractor) By: ____________________________________ (sign here) _______________________________________ (print name/title)
Page _____ of _____ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 34 of 193
NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 The undersigned declares: I am the ____________ of ______________, the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, com-pany, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone
to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or
the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partner-ship, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for
such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby repre-sents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ___________________________, 20____ at _________ [city], ________ [state]. ________________________________________________
Signature of Bidder
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 35 of 193
CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this ____________ day of ________________________________, 2020, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and ________________________________________________ whose principal place of business is ___________________________________________________________________ (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract docu-
ments for: EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontrac-
tors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder’s Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made
thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contrac-tor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compli-ance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress pay-ments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 36 of 193
may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground condi-tions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground
conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall
promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inher-ent in work of the character provided for in the contract.
City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the require-
ments of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligi-bility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of
Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall comply with Cali-fornia Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 37 of 193
9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct
of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. De-fense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation
by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70.
(A) Coverages and Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein:
a. Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an “occurrence” ba-sis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers’ Liability limits of
$1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers’ Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 38 of 193
a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products
and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be
evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each com-pany affording general liability, and employers’ liability coverage.
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage pro-
vided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in cov-erage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects
the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for sub-contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorse-ments for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind
coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 39 of 193
(I) Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid.
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is incorporated by reference. A copy of Section 9204 is in-cluded in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by ref-
erence. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In the event of a conflict between Section 9204 and Article 1.5, Section 9204 shall apply. Notwithstanding the pro-visions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in antici-pation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate igno-rance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025,
3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by
another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. ________ init ________ init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's prin-
cipal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 40 of 193
accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records.
13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substi-tuted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and
the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to
supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or sub-contractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under
the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursu-ant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become
effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not
correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. /// ///
/// /// /// ///
/// /// ///
///
/// ///
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 41 of 193
17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________ (name of Contractor)
By: ________________________________ (sign here)
____________________________________ (print name and title)
By: ________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name and title)
CITY OF CARLSBAD a municipal corporation of the State of California By:
____________________________________ Matt Hall, Mayor
ATTEST: ____________________________________
Barbara Engleson, City Clerk
President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM:
CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney
By: _________________________________ Assistant City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 42 of 193
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to ____________________________________________________ (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, __________________________________________, as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and ______________________________________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of _____________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Dollars ($________________), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontrac-tors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or
about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract,
or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Develop-ment Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attor-ney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 43 of 193
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this ______________ day of __________________________, 20____
_______________________________(SEAL) _____________________________(SEAL) (Principal) (Surety)
By: _________________________________ By: ________________________________ (Signature) (Signature) __________________________________ ________________________________
(Print Name & Title) (Print Name & Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY – ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney
By: ________________________________ Assistant City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 44 of 193
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to _____________________________________________, (hereinafter designated as the "Princi-pal"), a Contract for:
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, __________________________________________, as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and ______________________________________
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of _____________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Dollars ($________________), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the
time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall
remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore,
there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 45 of 193
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
SIGNED AND SEALED, this ______________ day of __________________________, 20____
_______________________________(SEAL) _____________________________(SEAL) (Principal) (Surety)
By: _________________________________ By: ________________________________ (Signature) (Signature) __________________________________ ________________________________
(Print Name & Title) (Print Name & Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY – ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney
By: ________________________________ Assistant City Attorney
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 46 of 193
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and ________________________________________________________________whose address is __________________________________________________________________hereinafter called "Contractor" and ___________________________________________________ whose address is ___________________________________________________________ hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as fol-
lows: 1. Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contrac-tor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056 in the amount of ___________________________ dated ______________ (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make pay-
ments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise
would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into secu-
rities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Es-crow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 47 of 193
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Con-tractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and com-plete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pur-suant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the secu-rities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title __________FINANCE DIRECTOR_________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 For Contractor: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________ For Escrow Agent: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________ At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 48 of 193
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above.
For City: Title ______MAYOR________________________
Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________
Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008
For Contractor: Title _____________________________________
Name ____________________________________ Signature _________________________________
Address __________________________________ For Escrow Agent: Title _____________________________________ Name ____________________________________
Signature _________________________________ Address __________________________________
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 49 of 193
GENERAL PROVISIONS
FOR
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
CONTRACT NO. 6042/6056
CITY OF CARLSBAD
BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 1 – TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND
SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS – Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, in-
structed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer.
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown”, "indicated”, "detailed”, "noted”, "sched-uled”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the
plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed”, "designated”, "selected”, or words of similar import
are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word “required” and words of similar import shall be un-derstood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal”, "approved equal”, "equivalent”, and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer”, unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved”,
"approval”, "acceptance”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the ap-proval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its ex-pense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the
Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 50 of 193
Addendum – Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bul-
letins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency – The City of Carlsbad, California.
Agreement – See Contract. Assessment Act Contract – A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base – A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid – The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder – Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond – Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council – the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager – the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative.
Cash Contract – A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order – A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code – The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager– the Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and first level of appeal
for informal dispute resolution. Contract – The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents – Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documen-
tation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Stand-
ard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 51 of 193
Contractor – The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued
by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term “prime contrac-tor” shall mean Contractor. Contract Price – The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price – The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work.
County Sealer – The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days – Days shall mean consecutive calendar’s days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection – The Construction Manager’s
immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board – Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier – Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, lumi-naire, etc. Engineer – The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The
Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile – Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions
of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer – A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect
any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer – A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire – The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified).
Luminaire Arm – The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item – A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification – Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award – The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 52 of 193
Notice to Proceed – A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start.
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 – Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Fur-
ther, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 “own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or
leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person – Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity.
Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract – Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector – The Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, contract admin-istration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal – See Bid. Reference Specifications – Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes,
and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred
to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway – The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection – Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer – Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste.
Specifications – General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Refer-ence Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard – The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast
arms, etc. Standard Plans – Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans
or in Specifications by title or number.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 53 of 193
Standard Specifications – The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the “Greenbook”.
State – State of California. Storm Drain – Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street – Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase – A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor – An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work.
Subgrade – For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, sub-base, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision – Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement – A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties.
Supplemental Provisions – Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work.
Surety – Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations
incurred. Tonne – Also referred to as “metric ton”. Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility – Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private ease-ment.
Work – That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents.
All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the “Manual of Steel Construction” published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 54 of 193
1-3.2 Common Usage
Abbreviation Word or Words Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN .............................................................Abandon ABAND .......................................................Abandoned ABS ........................ Acrylonitrile – butadiene – styrene AC .................................................... Asphalt Concrete ACP ........................................... Asbestos cement pipe ACWS ..................... Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT ................................................................Alternate APTS ................................. Apartment and Apartments AMER STD ................................... American Standard AWG ............... American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC .................................................. Beginning of curve BCR ....................................... Beginning of curb return BDRY ............................................................Boundary BF ..................................................... Bottom of footing BLDG ........................................ Building and Buildings BM ............................................................. Bench mark BVC .................................... Beginning of vertical curve B/W ........................................................... Back of wall C/C ..................................................... Center to center CAB ...................................... Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA ............ California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans ....... California Department of Transportation CAP .................................... Corrugated aluminum pipe CB ............................................................. Catch Basin Cb ........................................................................ Curb
CBP ............................... Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR ....................................... California Bearing Ratio CCR ............................ California Code of Regulations CCTV ............................................... Closed Circuit TV CES .......................... Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF ................................................................ Curb face CF ................................................................ Cubic foot C&G .................................................... Curb and gutter CFR ................................ Code of Federal Regulations CFS ......................................... Cubic Feet per Second CIP ......................................................... Cast iron pipe CIPP ................................................ Cast-in place pipe CL ............................................. Clearance, center line CLF .................................................... Chain link fence CMB ............................... Crushed miscellaneous base CMC ......................................... Cement mortar-coated CML ............................................ Cement mortar-lined CMWD .................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO .................................................... Cleanout (Sewer) COMM ....................................................... Commercial CONC ........................................................... Concrete CONN ........................................................ Connection CONST .................................. Construct, Construction COORD ...................................................... Coordinate CSP ............................................ Corrugated steel pipe CSD ............................... Carlsbad Standard Drawings CTB ............................................ Cement treated base CV ............................................................ Check valve CY ............................................................... Cubic yard D .............................................................. Load of pipe
dB ................................................................... Decibels DBL .................................................................. Double DF ............................................................... Douglas fir DIA ................................................................ Diameter DIP ..................................................... Ductile iron pipe DL ................................................................Dead load DR ...................................................... Dimension Ratio DT .................................................................Drain Tile DWG ............................................................... Drawing DWY .............................................................. Driveway DWY APPR ................................... Driveway approach E ....................................................................... Electric EA ........................................................................ Each EC ............................................................ End of curve ECR ................................................ End of curb return EF ................................................................ Each face EG ......................................................... Edge of gutter EGL .................................................. Energy grade line EI ................................................................... Elevation ELC ..................................... Electrolier lighting conduit ELT ........................................................ Extra long ton ENGR ....................................... Engineer, Engineering EP ................................................... Edge of pavement ESMT ........................................................... Easement ETB .......................................... Emulsion-treated base EVC ............................................... End of vertical curb
EXC ............................................................ Excavation EXP JT ................................................. Expansion joint EXST ............................................................... Existing F .................................................................. Fahrenheit F&C ................................................... Frame and cover F&I .................................................. Furnish and install FAB ............................................................... Fabricate FAS ............................................... Flashing arrow sign FD ............................................................... Floor drain FDN ............................................................ Foundation FED SPEC ................................. Federal Specification FG ........................................................ Finished grade FH ............................................................. Fire hydrant FL ................................................................... Flow line FS ...................................................... Finished surface FT-LB .........................................................Foot-pound FTG .................................................................. Footing FW ............................................................ Face of wall G ........................................................................... Gas GA ..................................................................... Gauge GAL ............................................... Gallon and Gallons GALV ......................................................... Galvanized GAR ........................................... Garage and Garages GIP .............................................. Galvanized iron pipe GL ........................................ Ground line or grade line GM .............................................................. Gas meter GNV ............................................... Ground Not Visible GP ..................................................................Guy pole GPM ................................................ gallons per minute GR ...................................................................... Grade
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 55 of 193
GRTG ............................................................... Grating GSP ........................................... Galvanized steel pipe H ............................................................ High or height HB .................................................................. Hose bib HC ................................................... House connection HDWL ........................................................... Headwall HGL .............................................. Hydraulic grade line HORIZ .......................................................... Horizontal HP ............................................................. Horsepower HPG ................................................ High pressure gas HPS ................................ High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR ............................................................ Hydraulic IE ......................................................... Invert Elevation ID ........................................................ Inside diameter INCL ...............................................................Including INSP .............................................................Inspection INV ...................................................................... Invert IP .................................................................... Iron pipe JC ..................................................... Junction chamber JCT .................................................................Junction JS ..................................................... Junction structure JT ......................................................................... Joint L ........................................................................ Length LAB ............................................................. Laboratory LAT ................................................................... Lateral LB ...................................................................... Pound LD ..................................................... Local depression LF ................................................................ Lineal foot LH ............................................................... Lamp hole LL ...................................................................Live load LOL .............................................................Layout line LONG ........................................................Longitudinal LP ................................................................ Lamp post LPS ................................. Low pressure sodium (Light) LS ................................................................ Lump sum LTS .................................................... Lime treated soil LWD ............................... Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT ..................................................... Maintenance MAX ............................................................. Maximum MCR ............................................ Middle of curb return MEAS ............................................................. Measure MH ................................... Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC .................................... Military specification MISC ..................................................... Miscellaneous MOD ................................................... Modified, modify MON ............................................................ Monument MSL .. Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MULT ...............................................................Multiple MUTCD .....Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL ............................................... Mercury vapor light NCTD .............................. North County Transit District NRCP .............................. Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS ...............................................................Obsolete OC ................................................................ On center OD ..................................................... Outside diameter OE .............................................................. Outer edge OHE ................................................ Overhead Electric OMWD ................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP ...............................................................Opposite ORIG ................................................................Original PB ................................................................... Pull box PC .................................................... Point of curvature PCC ....................... Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC ....................... Point of compound vertical curve
PE ........................................................... Polyethylene PI .................................................. Point of intersection PL ............................................................. Property line PMB ............................ Processed miscellaneous base POC ...................................................... Point on curve POT .................................................... Point on tangent PP .............................................................. Power pole PRC .......................................... Point of reverse curve PRVC ............................ Point of reverse vertical curve PSI ......................................... Pounds per square inch PT .................................................... Point of tangency PVC .................................................. Polyvinyl chloride PVMT ........................................................... Pavement PVT R/W ....................................... Private right-of-way Q ........................ Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD ....................................... Quadrangle, Quadrant R ....................................................................... Radius R&O ......................................................... Rock and oil R/W .......................................................... Right-of-way RA ...................................................... Recycling agent RAC ................................... Recycled asphalt concrete RAP ................................ Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC ............................. Rubberized asphalt concrete RC ................................................ Reinforced concrete RCB ...................................... Reinforced concrete box RCE ...................................... Registered civil engineer RCP ..................................... Reinforced concrete pipe RCV ........................................... Remote control valve REF ............................................................. Reference REINF ..............................Reinforced or reinforcement RES ...............................................................Reservoir RGE ........................ Registered geotechnical engineer ROW ....................................................... Right-of-Way RR ...................................................................Railroad RTE .................................... Registered traffic engineer S .................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP ............................... Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD ............................................................. Storm drain SDR ....... Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD ......... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE ...................................................... Sand Equivalent SEC .................................................................. Section SF ............................................................. Square foot SFM ................................................ Sewer Force Main SI ....................... International System of Units (Metric) SPEC ..................................................... Specifications SPPWC .......................................... Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC ............................. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ST HWY ................................................ State highway STA ................................................................... Station STD ............................................................... Standard STR ..................................................................Straight STR GR ................................................ Straight grade STRUC .......................................... Structural/Structure SW .................................................................Sidewalk SWD ...................................................... Sidewalk drain SY ............................................................ Square yard T .................................................................. Telephone TAN ................................................................. Tangent TC .............................................................. Top of curb TEL ............................................................. Telephone TF ........................................................... Top of footing
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 56 of 193
TOPO ........................................................ Topography TR ........................................................................ Tract TRANS ......................................................... Transition TS ......................... Traffic signal or transition structure TSC ............................................. Traffic signal conduit TSS ........................................... Traffic signal standard TW ..............................................................Top of wall TYP .................................................................. Typical UE .............................................. Underground Electric USA .................................... Underground Service Alert VAR ..................................................... Varies, Variable VB ................................................................ Valve box
VC .......................................................... Vertical curve VCP ................................................... Vitrified clay pipe VERT ............................................................... Vertical VOL .................................................................. Volume VWD ....................................... Vallecitos Water District W ........................ Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH .............. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook WI ............................................................ Wrought iron WM ........................................................... Water meter WPJ .......................................... Weakened plane joint XCONN ............................................ Cross connection XSEC ..................................................... Cross section 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO ................. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AISC ....................................................................American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI ...................................................................... American National Standards Institute API ...................................................................................... American Petroleum Institute
AREA ............................................................ American Railway Engineering Association ASTM ............................................................ American Society for Testing and Materials AWS ........................................................................................ American Welding Society
AWWA ....................................................................... American Water Works Association FHWA.............................................................................. Federal Highway Administration GRI ................................................................................. Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA ......................................................... National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA ................ National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL .................................................................................... Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc. USGS ............................................................................. United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard
Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Stand-ard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent.
Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 57 of 193
1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) ....................................................................................25.4 micrometer (m) 1 inch (in) ..............................................................................................25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) ..............................................................................................2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) ................................................................................................0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) .............................................................................................0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) .............................................................................................1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft2) ..................................................................................0.0929 square meter (m2) 1 square yard (yd2) ................................................................................0.8361 square meter (m2) 1 cubic foot (ft3) .....................................................................................0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) ..................................................................................0.7646 cubic meter (m3) 1 acre ....................................................................................................0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) .................................................................................3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) ..............................................................................29.5735 millileter (mL) 1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois) ...........................................................0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) .................................................................................0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois) ................................................................0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise ..................................................................................................0.1 pascal . second (Pa . s) 1 centistoke (cs) ....................................................................................1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s) 1 pound force (lbf) .................................................................................4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) .............................................................6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) .................................................................1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf).......................................................................1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) ...............................................1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) .........................................................................1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): ........................................................................Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 ...............................................................................°C = (°F – 32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (lm) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes kilo (k) ....................................................................................................103
centi (c)..................................................................................................10-2
milli (m) ..................................................................................................10-3 micro () ................................................................................................10-6 nano (n) .................................................................................................10-9 pico (p) ..................................................................................................10-12
1-5 SYMBOLS. Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Angle % Percent ‘ Feet or minutes “ Inches or seconds 1 Number / per or (between words) ° Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 58 of 193
SECTION 2 – SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of
the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether as-signed or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default.
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information:
The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: “(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1
percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which-ever is greater.”
“(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid.”
If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor’s total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Con-tractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a
public hearing.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 59 of 193
Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50
percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor’s own organization. The
Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceed-ings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The deter-
mination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50
percent of the Contract Price except that any designated “Specialty Items” may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such “Specialty Items” so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. “Specialty Items” will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business
of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcon-tracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Con-tractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Con-tract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Proce-dure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals.
Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The
Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract.
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 60 of 193
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the
one-year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal
to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis-sioner.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until
a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release
the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifica-tions, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2015 Edition, Parts 2 through 8, as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Associ-
ation and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The construction plan set is designated as “EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGE IMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD,” City of Carlsbad Project No. 6042/6056, Drawing No. 499-5 and consists of 39 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area
Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Sup-plemental Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City of
Carlsbad.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 61 of 193
The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Speci-
fications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both.
The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work.
The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, im-mediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2. Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3. Contract addenda, whichever occurs last.
4. Contract 5. Carlsbad General Provisions and Supplemental Provisions. 6. Plans.
7. Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings.
c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. e) Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards. f) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. g) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. h) California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD). 8. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 9. Reference Specifications.
10. Manufacturer’s Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have
precedence over general plans. 2-5.2.1 Precedence of Contract Documents. Where CALTRANS specifications are used to
modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public Works, and
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 62 of 193
Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions, in the order of precedence in Section 2-5.2, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all other matters.
2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor’s expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer.
Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless other-wise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label ‘4-C’ would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submit-tals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor’s letterhead. The Letter of
Transmittal shall contain the following: 1. Project title and Agency contract number.
2. Number of complete sets. 3. Contractor’s certification statement. 4. Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5. Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submit-tals for the same materials.) 6. Description of the contents of the submittal. 7. Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe
to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval.”
By: ___________________________________ Title: ______________________________ Date: _________________________________
Company Name: ______________________________________________________________
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 63 of 193
2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size
and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the
copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible.
Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A)
Item Section Number Title Subject
1 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Trench Shoring 2 300-3.2 Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill 3 303-1.7.1 General Placing Reinforcement 4 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings 5 304-6.4 Shop Drawings Prefabricated Steel Bridge 6 304-7.1 Submittals Steel Gates 7 305-2.1.3.3 Shop Drawings and Calculations Micropiling Operations 8 305-2.1.3.4 Installation Plan Micropiling Operations Working drawings listed above as Items 2, 5, 7, and 8 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California.
2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or as-sembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be
as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifi-cations for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer.
Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the sys-tem. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1. List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2.
2. List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3. Certifications per 4-1.5. 4. Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5. Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6. Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7. Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1.
8. Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer’s brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 64 of 193
street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, man-ufactured item, or system.
2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from
the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the
job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all ma-
terials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater
shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be pro-vided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and
facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Con-
tractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Sur-veyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and
cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 65 of 193
2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, herein-
after Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to
satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the require-ments of Section 2-5.3.3, “Submittals”, herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2” by 11”) paper. The field notes, calculations and support-
ing data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or docu-mentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS “Surveys Manual”. The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall
establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monu-ments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines
are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio
of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing.
Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal loca-tions where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of con-struction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start
of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location
of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 66 of 193
TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking
Feature Staked Stake De-scription Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-ing, Lateral Spac-ing , Setting Tolerance (Within)
Street Centerline SDRS M-10 Monument 1000’, Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans
on street cen-terline 0.02’ Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein
Clearing Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces
lath - Intervisible, 50’ on tangents
& 25’ on curves, Painted line - continuous
at clearing line 1’ Horizontal
Slope RP + Marker Stake Intervisible and 50’ Grade Breaks
& 25’
0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal
Fence RP + Marker Stake 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when
R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’
N/A ( constant off-set)
0.1’ Horizontal
Rough Grade
Cuts or Fills 10 m (33’)
RP + Marker Stake 50’ N/A 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal
Final Grade (in-cludes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base)
RP + Marker Stake, Blue-top in grad-ing area
50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ &
25’ on curves when R 1000’
22’ 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Asphalt Pave-ment Finish Course
RP, paint on previous course
25’ or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information
edge of pave-ment, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks
3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Drainage Struc-tures, Pipes & similar Facili-ties,
RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 25’, beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Curb RP + Marker Stake 25’, BC & EC, at ¼, ½ & ¾ on curb returns & at beginning & end ( constant off-set)
3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Traffic Signal Vertical locations shall be based on the ulti-mate elevation of curb and sidewalk
Signal Poles & Controller RP + Marker Stake at each pole & controller location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Junction Box
RP + Marker Stake at each junction box location as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Conduit RP + Marker Stake 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ &
25’ on curves when R 1000’ or where grade 0.30%
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from exist-ing pavement 1/4” Vertical
Minor Structure
RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake
for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical (when vertical data needed)
Abutment Fill RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake
50’ & along end slopes & conic transitions as appropriate 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal
Wall RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
50’ and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height
as appropriate 1/4” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 67 of 193
Feature Staked Stake De-scription Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-ing, Lateral Spac-ing , Setting Tolerance (Within)
Major Structure
Footings, Bents, Abut-ments & Wingwalls
RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Superstruc-tures RP 10’ to 33’ sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Miscellaneous Contour Grad-ing RP + Marker Stake 50’ along contour line 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal Utilities , RP + Marker Stake 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’ or where grade 0.30%
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Channels, Dikes & Ditches
RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 100’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities
as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Signs RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
At sign location Line point 0.1’ Vertical & Hori-zontal
Subsurface Drains RP + Marker Stake intervisible & 50’, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar fa-cilities
as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Overside Drains RP + Marker Stake longitudinal location At beginning & end 0.1’ Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical Markers RP + Marker Stake for asphalt street surfacing 50’ on tan-gents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’.
At marker lo-cation(s)
1/4” Horizontal
Railings & Bar-riers RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end and 50’ on tangents & curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’
at railing & barrier loca-tion(s)
3/8” Horizontal & Verti-cal
AC Dikes RP + Marker Stake At beginning & end as appropriate 0.1’ Horizontal & Ver-tical Box Culverts 10’ to 33’ as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert
as appropriate 3/8” Horizontal & 1/4” Vertical
Pavement Markers RP 200’ on tangents, 50’ on curves when R 1000’ & 25’ on curves when R 1000’. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice
at pavement marker loca-tion(s)
1/4” Horizontal
Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those fea-tures and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table Perpendicular to centerline.
Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature
means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol.
The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B)
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 68 of 193
TABLE 2-9.2.2(B) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking
Type of Stake Description Color*
Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, center-line, alignments, etc. White/Red
Vertical Control Bench marks White/Or-ange
Clearing Limits of clearing Yellow/Black
Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, fi-nal grade, etc. Yellow
Structure Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. White
Drainage, Sewer, Curb Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Blue
Right-of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yellow
Miscellaneous Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Orange
* Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey. Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compen-sation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monu-
ments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the qual-
ity and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the
Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the fin-ished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all mat-
ters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instruc-tions from the Engineer or an authorized representative.
The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; accepta-bility of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation
of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 69 of 193
2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the
Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit and Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engi-
neer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its subcontractors’ performance
pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Con-tractor’s staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcon-tractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit
the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and rec-ords, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Con-tractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized rep-
resentatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the
Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 70 of 193
SECTION 3 – CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the inter-ests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or
quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Con-
tractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are in-volved, shall provide for the Contractor’s signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be
made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price.
If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in con-formance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies
from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work cov-ered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 per-cent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor
through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 71 of 193
3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work
covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifica-tions, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be
made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Con-
tract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in
the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise spec-ified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project.
3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notifi-
cation in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled,
payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as “extra work” when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 72 of 193
3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.
(a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers com-pensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship
funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements.
The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equip-ment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid.
Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Sec-tion 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency.
(c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less.
Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” pub-lished by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-
way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all inci-dentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included.
If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Con-tractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the
purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer’s ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating rec-ommended by the manufacturer.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 73 of 193
The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra
work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra
work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Con-tractor or Subcontractors.
Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors’ invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price
which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor .......................................... 20 2) Materials ..................................... 15 3) Equipment Rental ....................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures .... 15
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Sub-contractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion
of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcon-tracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting doc-
uments to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor.
The report shall:
1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 74 of 193
3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable.
4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the fol-
lowing Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed:
1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being per-formed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may
be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect perfor-mance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to
notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor’s failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and
before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or
failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the hap-pening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor’s failure to give
written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the par-ticular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within
20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed condi-tions. Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 75 of 193
“The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further under-
stands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City’s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.”
By: ___________________________________ Title: ______________________________ Date: _________________________________
Company Name: ______________________________________________________________ The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim sub-
sequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work.
Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command:
1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection
4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or re-
quest that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code.
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a reso-lution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 76 of 193
All claims by the -Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is set forth below:
9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state
that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Sec-
tion 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section: (1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with
return receipt requested, for one or more of the following: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state
agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State Univer-sity, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, polit-
ical subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (B) “Public entity” shall not include the following:
(i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that de-partment. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its juris-diction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.
(vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority. (4) “Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct
contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim
applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 77 of 193
what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision.
(B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the gov-
erning body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the
governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to
respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dis-pute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for set-tlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation,
with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party
shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is
unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to
mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under pri-vate arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result
in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the
responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 78 of 193
(5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public
entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the con-tractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier
subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be pre-sented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to
whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section.
(f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017.
(h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its con-tractual obligations.
(i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that
date. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except
that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 79 of 193
claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifica-tions for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim.
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to
defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the
claim the local agency may have against the claimant. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested
documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process.
This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be con-strued to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Divi-
sion 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 80 of 193
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims sub-ject to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a
disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time re-quirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties.
If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Proce-dure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure)
shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators ap-pointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a differ-ent division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under
that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undis-puted except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 81 of 193
SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the gener-ally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be con-
sidered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so di-rected by the Engineer.
If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable no-tice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense
will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Spec-
ifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Con-tractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency’s consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be neces-sary for the completion of the Contract.
4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrica-tion, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar
shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are accepta-ble upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to in-spection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4,
Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 82 of 193
regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be nec-essary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character
of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to pur-chase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (ap-
proved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval
by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its ex-pense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the
Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice
shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced
materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the require-ments indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or
tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish
approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after im-proper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor’s expense.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 83 of 193
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made nec-essary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifica-tions and accept the manufacturer’s written certification that the materials to be supplied meet
those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination.
Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any mate-rial, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durabil-ity, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its
intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported
promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer’s findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer.
If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole
opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, ap-pearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for propor-
tioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 84 of 193
The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regula-
tions pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency.
All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator’s platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales
shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other oper-ating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pres-
sure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Cal-ibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Mod-ified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials’ tests, as de-fined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible
evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The inves-
tigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional in-formation in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the
contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the co-operative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient’s agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowl-edgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of
three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written re-quest notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar
days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and, if necessary,
gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 85 of 193
committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit
their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall
continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an
acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the
assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the inves-tigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertain-ing to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality
received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by
bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the
Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engi-neer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and
outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 86 of 193
SECTION 5 – UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known rec-ords, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utili-ties indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, tele-phone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every
property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to
commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Under-ground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number.
The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations.
The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the sup-port of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in
accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense.
Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2-inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2-inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 87 of 193
Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic pro-
tection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the proce-dures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system.
5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering por-tions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as “abandoned” or “to be
abandoned in place”. Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements be-
fore commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for man-hole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 301-1.6. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid inter-ference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2.
When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such
work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs.
The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and prop-erty line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect in-terfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement.
In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others.
In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission
is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 88 of 193
Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensa-tion will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the
temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer
in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time avail-able for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Sec-tion 5-1.
The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unrea-sonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not iden-tified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or altera-
tions not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor’s actual loss as
was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to
permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. Traffic Signal (City of Carlsbad): Prior to beginning demolition or grading work upstream of the existing bridge, Contractor shall remove or relocate the traffic signal conduit (currently affixed to the upstream edge of the existing bridge) if it cannot be protected in place. After the new pedes-trian bridge is installed, and prior to installation of approaching hardscape, Contractor will relocate the conduit to the utility hangers along the south edge of the new pedestrian bridge or may main-
tain its existing alignment along the outside edge of the existing bridge, at the City’s discretion. Contractor shall coordinate with the City for the relocation of their utility, including new locations of pull boxes. Contractor shall protect the existing cable during all phases of the contract. Telecommunication (AT&T): Prior to beginning demolition or grading work upstream of the existing bridge, AT&T will remove or relocate their conflicting telecommunication lines and cabinet if they
cannot be protected in place. After the new pedestrian bridge is installed, and prior to installation of approaching hardscape, AT&T may relocate their lines to the utility hangers along the south edge of the new pedestrian bridge, or they may maintain their existing alignment along the outside
north edge of the existing bridge. Contractor shall coordinate with AT&T for the relocation of their utility. Contractor shall protect the existing lines during all phases of the contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 89 of 193
Overhead Cable (Spectrum): After the new pedestrian bridge is installed, and prior to removal of utility poles and installation of approaching hardscape, Spectrum will relocate their overhead ca-
ble from the existing poles to the utility hangers along the south edge of the new pedestrian bridge. A portion of this utility is currently underground. Contractor shall coordinate with Spectrum for the relocation of their utility. Contractor shall protect the existing cable during all phases of the con-
tract. Overhead Electric and Poles (SDG&E): After the new pedestrian bridge and walls are installed,
and prior to installation of approaching hardscape, San Diego Gas and Electric (SDG&E) will remove the two utility poles and guy wires located near each end of the existing north bridge barrier. A portion of this utility is currently underground. Contractor shall coordinate with SDG&E for the removal of the poles upon completion of the wiring and powering of the lines along the north edge of the new pedestrian bridge by SDG&E. Contractor shall protect the existing power lines during all phases of the contract.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 90 of 193
SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as other-wise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be
required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 15 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s man-agement personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by
Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the precon-struction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Base-
line Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities re-quired to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and se-quencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall
prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity
described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 91 of 193
6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft
Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contrac-tor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a “Suretrak”,
“Project” or equal software program for review of the Contractor’s schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the
substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first
Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activi-ties, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor’s plan for project execution, to ac-curately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity’s description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points.
6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it.
6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be
shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan
to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Con-struction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contrac-tor’s proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all
other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency’s acceptance of a shortened du-ration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the
project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 92 of 193
6-1.2.10 Engineer’s Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer’s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contrac-
tor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor
shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engi-neer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer’s determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental pro-
visions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construc-tion Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be
returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 6-1.2.10.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments. 6-1.2.10.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the cor-rections and changes of the comments. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer
if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Ac-cepted” or “Accepted with Comments” by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4
DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity’s schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7.
6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed dur-ing the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk.
The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 “Schedule Software” and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 93 of 193
6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic,
with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions
reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor’s change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working
days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resub-mittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer re-turning a monthly updated construction schedule marked “Not Accepted”. 6-1.4.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. 6-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The
Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments. 6-1.4.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract
under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor’s responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion
or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent “Accepted” Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the “Accepted” schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substan-tially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list
and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 94 of 193
provisions. As used in this section “substantially different” means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project.
6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor’s Final Sched-
ule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3, “Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revi-sions,” and 6-1.4, “Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule.” Acceptance of the final
schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor’s preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps.
As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work.
If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension,
the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes replacing bridge barriers, widening a sidewalk overhang, constructing a new single-span pedestrian bridge and foundations, removing and constructing masonry sound walls, and performing associated sidewalk, curb, and
landscape improvements. Aside from traffic staging requirements, project phasing is not specified for this contract except as indicated for various items of work. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications. Some portions of work may overlap each other and/or occur during the same time period for work.
Weekend and night work is anticipated for some items of work per Section 6-7. 6-2.2 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of regular Project Meetings. The Contractor’s Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Rep-resentative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, “The Contractor’s
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 95 of 193
Representative”. No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor’s Repre-sentative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor’s employee at these meetings
will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK.
6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engi-neer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply
immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of ar-chaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation
operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain
the Work schedule which will insure the Agency’s interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract.
The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board’s opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or
subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board’s consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor.
If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor’s place in all respects for that part and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract.
If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the prem-
ises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 96 of 193
such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Con-tractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the
Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due.
The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law.
6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own dis-cretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contrac-tor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor’s inability to obtain
materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor’s operations and the approved construction schedule.
If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Con-
tractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor’s control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the
Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The
determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer
within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 97 of 193
shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classi-
fication of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reason-
able means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Con-tract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 185 working days after the
starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor associa-
tion, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1,
6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1.
Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work out-side said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work.
Contingent upon the results of the bat maternity season survey, no work involving high vibrations or loud noise (e.g., structural demolition, pile driving) shall be performed by the contractor during the bat maternity season between April 1 and August 31. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by Section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of
completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section.
Contractor is hereby advised that the Engineer will require after hours and weekend work on an interim basis to accomplish traffic control work.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 98 of 193
6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each work-ing day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed, and the
Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indi-cate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working
days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted.
6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor’s written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is com-
pleted and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or perma-nent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the com-pleted Work. Upon the Board’s acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a “Notice of Completion” to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and
any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one-year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or
repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work
and the Contractor’s sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of five hundred Dollars ($500.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs.
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $500 per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor
of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 99 of 193
operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the im-provement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing
in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials.
In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any com-pleted facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into
service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 100 of 193
SECTION 7 – RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed
from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with ap-
plicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum
wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agree-ment on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations.
The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes respon-sibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the
project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the re-maining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. 7-4 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to un-dertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 101 of 193
The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers’ Com-
pensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph.
All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for
any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for
workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contrac-tor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compen-sation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all per-
mits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements.
The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. The following resource agency permits may pertain to this
project: 1. California Department of Fish and Wildlife Streambed Alteration - Agreement No. 1600-2020-0158-R5 2. United States Army Corps of Engineers Clean Water Act Section 404 Nationwide Permit 33 - SPL-2019-00282
3. Regional Water Quality Control Board Clean Water Act Section 401 Water Quality Certifi-cation - Application Place ID No. 868175 4. California Coastal Commission Coastal Development Permit - CDP 2018-0031
Permits are contingent on resource agency determination and no work shall begin without re-quired and approved permits. Contractor shall implement permit conditions at all times. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its pres-ence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 102 of 193
or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied
with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor’s representative, superintendent, or per-
son in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for
ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference.
The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for dam-ages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time exten-sion if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-
loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incom-plete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish
so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid.
Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed imme-diately and the area cleaned.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 103 of 193
Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications.
Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order to
suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension.
Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Con-tractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole dis-cretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no
additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Con-tract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination
of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of em-
ployees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps.
Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sew-age shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from
any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered
incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 104 of 193
Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution.
The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number R9-2013-0001, Construction General Permit and amendments thereto, Waste Dis-
charge Requirements (WDR’s) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these
regulations. A Tier 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is provided to the Contractor, in Appen-dix A, for use in preparing the Project SWPPP for approval by the City. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm
Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be included as part of the contract price bid. A Notice of Intent (NOI) is not required for this project. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped
with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property.
The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installa-tions, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.
Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relo-cated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor’s operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and
covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit
them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 105 of 193
All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor’s operations shall cause no unnecessary inconven-ience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be
provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Ac-cess to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian cross-ings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not
be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored else-where by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time.
Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equip-
ment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers,
guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Con-tractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring,
partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following:
1. The Engineer ............................................................................ 760-602-2720 2. Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch .......................................... 760-931-2197 3. Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch ...................................... 760-931-2197
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 106 of 193
4. Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) ........... 760-438-2980 5. Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations.......................................... 760-602-2752
6. North County Transit District ..................................................... 760-967-2828 7. Waste Management ................................................................. 760-929-9400
The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 5) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing
any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering “signs” as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also
apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be
required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delin-eation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater.
7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and con-trol devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to
the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb mark-ing shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Con-
tractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect un-
derground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed
from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 107 of 193
the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delinea-tors are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone
sleeves as specified in CALTRANS “Standard Specifications”, except the sleeves shall be 7” long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, in-cluding any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor’s vehicles or equipment are
parked on the shoulder within 6’ of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equip-ment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25’ intervals to a point not less than 25’
past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor’s personnel shall not work closer than 6’ nor operate
equipment within 2’ from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the 2’ shall be meas-ured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers.
During the entire construction, a minimum of two paved traffic lanes, not less than 11’ wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use
in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The pro-visions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by
the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not
start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the most recent edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD, as amended
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 108 of 193
for use in California) published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pave-ment delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening
the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the
Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to estab-lish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding.
Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose mate-rial. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the
temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When tem-porary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a
part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer’s review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer’s approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day re-
view period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer’s review. New or revised TCP sub-mittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP
shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The Contractor may choose to modify, add to or supplement the TCP shown on the contract plans or substitute TCP to further its own interests. The level of detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality and size no less than shown on the contract plans. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the MUTCD. Such modification, addition, supplement,
and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engi-neer’s sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best
interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, sup-
plement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 109 of 193
new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Sub-mittals.
7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall provide traffic control at the contract lump sum price bid. The contract lump sum price paid for "traffic control" shall include full compensation for furnishing
all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control plans, placing, applying traffic stripes and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, removing,
storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as spec-ified in these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All expenses and time to prepare and review modifications, additions, supplements and/or new TCP designs shall be in-cluded in the lump sum bid for traffic control and no additional payment will be made therefore. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." The cost
of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." When there is no bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to the work being performed and no additional payment will be made therefore. Progress payments for "Traffic Control" will be based on the percentage of the improvement work completed. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these
and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan
to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers’ protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered
Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Con-tractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are pro-vided or required by law.
7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer’s approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations.
7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described
in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 110 of 193
Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Ma-
terial Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe condi-
tions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces.
(a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, admin-istering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to
the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and con-tain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment
9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor’s submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor per-
sonnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP.
(b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required con-fined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site.
(c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and person-nel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to
persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public and shall use danger signs
warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 111 of 193
7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall
indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringe-ment of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval.
Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and Na-tional laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect
those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: “In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services,
or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C.
Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract.
The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the par-ties.”
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 112 of 193
SECTION 8 – ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP 8-1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS. The project must adhere to the Biological Re-sources Technical Report prepared by LSA, dated May 2018, revised June 2020, Section 6.5, “Avoidance and Minimization Measures,” sheet 27 of the plans, and Appendix B “Revegetation Specifications”. 8-2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS. 8-2.1 Bat Survey. The City will conduct a nighttime bat survey prior to construction activities to determine the need for humane bat eviction/exclusion or other avoidance and minimization measures. The City will employ both acoustic and visual techniques to determine the presence
and species composition of bats. The City will develop a species list and avoidance minimization measures based on the results of
the nighttime survey. If humane eviction/exclusion will be necessary to minimize or avoid impacts to bats, then the City will install exclusionary devices to the bridge, as necessary. The City may require assistance from the contractor to reach areas under the bridge.
Eviction/exclusion activities must occur outside of the bat maternity season (April 1 through Au-gust 31). 8-2.2 Nesting Bird Survey. The City will perform pre-construction nesting bird surveys if vege-tation disturbance is scheduled to occur during the bird breeding season (between January 15 and September 15). The nesting bird surveys will occur no more than 72 hours prior to vegetation disturbance. If nesting birds are found, the City’s biologist shall establish an adequate buffer zone based on a species-by-species, case-by-case basis, in accordance with city policies and guide-lines.
8-3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING. 8-3.1 Environmental Awareness Training and General Biological Resources Monitoring.
The City’s biologist will prepare an Environmental Awareness Training Program to be provided to all project personnel prior to commencement of project-related activities. The program will include information concerning special-status plants, wildlife, and aquatic resources, including, but not
limited to, descriptions, locations of suitable habitat, reasons for avoidance, and avoidance and minimization measures. The City’s biologist will provide the program prior to work in a tailgate training format. The City will have a biological resources monitor on site intermittently during construction. 8-3.2 Archeological Monitoring. The City’s archaeologist will monitor ground-disturbing con-struction activities with a reasonable likelihood to disturb areas of archaeological sensitivity. If archaeological material is identified at any point of construction, work in that location will be di-verted, and the City’s archaeologist will evaluate the nature and significance of the find. The Contractor may be entitled to an extension of time under Section 6-3.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 113 of 193
SECTION 9 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from meas-urements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the
mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas.
9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sec-
tions involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing
shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with dupli-cate licensed weighmaster’s certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Stand-ard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated “Lump Sum”, “L.S.”, or “Job”, shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto.
When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used
only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the
lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accord-ance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under
the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 114 of 193
has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material.
Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was
awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor’s request, the
cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precau-tions which are the Contractor’s responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause
such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of owner-ship shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equip-ment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise
degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of re-
cordation of the “Notice of Completion.” If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency,
due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with appli-cable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as pre-scribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further
retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency’s payment procedure.
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based
on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 115 of 193
the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor’s information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10)
days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt,
determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engi-neer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt.
The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If pay-ment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal
rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from re-maining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liqui-dated damages under 6-9.
As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substi-tute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract.
After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corre-sponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and
change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Esti-mate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjust-
ments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 116 of 193
time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be
sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written state-
ment required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted
no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Condi-tions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or con-tentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
9-3.3 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate.
9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction
operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. The Contract lump-sum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000.00), and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and inci-dentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations,
including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization
and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work.
Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows:
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 117 of 193
For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress
payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the
Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation sys-tems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his ex-pense. Bid Item No. 1 - Mobilization (Lump Sum)
The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall be in accordance with Section 9-3.4, “Mobilization,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 2 - Cold Mill AC Pavement (2-inch) (Square Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to cold mill existing AC pavement in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 3 - 2-Inch Asphalt Concrete Overlay (Square Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to overlay AC pavement in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 4 - Concrete Sidewalk (Cubic Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to construct concrete sidewalk in accordance with the plans and contract documents.
Bid Item No. 5 - Remove and Replace Asphalt Concrete (Full Depth) (Ton) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove and replace
full depth asphalt concrete in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 6 - Remove and Dispose Existing Sidewalk (Square Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove existing concrete sidewalk in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, saw cutting and disposal of concrete and rebar. Bid Item No. 7 - Remove and Dispose Curb and Gutter (Lineal Feet)
The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove existing concrete curb and gutter in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, saw cutting and disposal of concrete and rebar. Bid Item No. 8 - Remove and Dispose Existing Guard Rail (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove and dispose
of existing guard rail in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 9 - Curb and Gutter (Lineal Feet)
The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to construct curb and gutter in accordance with the plans and contract documents.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 118 of 193
Bid Item No. 10 - Type A Curb Ramp (Each) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to construct Type A
curb ramp in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 11 - Embankment Fill (Cubic Yard)
The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to furnish, place, and compact embankment fill approaching the new bridge in accordance with the plans, contract doc-uments, and Section 300-3.5.3, “Embankment Fill,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 12 - Erosion and Sediment Controls (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to meet storm water requirements with best management practices (BMPs) and erosion control measures as outlined in the City BMP Manual for Construction Activities (2016 Edition), and in accordance with the plans. This item includes, but is not limited to, implementation, maintenance, management
and compliance of erosion control activities per the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 13 - Rip-Rap Stone (Cubic Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install rip-rap stone in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 300-11, “Stonework for Erosion Control,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 14 - Rock Slope Protection Fabric (Square Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install rock slope protection fabric in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 300-12, “Rock Slope Protection Fabric,” of these special provisions.
Bid Item No. 15 - Clear and Grub, Including Trees (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for clearing
and grubbing, including trees, in accordance with Greenbook Section 300-1, the plans and con-tract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, removal and disposal of abandoned utilities not otherwise specifically paid for.
Bid Item No. 16 - Stabilized DG (Landscaping) (Ton) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install stabilized decomposed granite for landscaping in accordance with the plans and contract docu-ments. Bid Item No. 17 - Cobble (2"-3") (Square Foot) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install
cobble hardscape in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 18 - Concrete Mow Curb (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for constructing concrete mow curb in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 19 - Plant Trees (24" Box) (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for furnishing and planting trees in accordance with the plans and contract documents.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 119 of 193
Bid Item No. 20 - Furnish Trees (24" Box) (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for furnishing
and maintaining eight (8) trees (not shown on the plans) in 24” boxes, consisting of four (4) coast live oak trees (Quercus agrifolia) and four (4) Brisbane Box trees (Tristania conferta (Lo-phostemon)), to be delivered onsite, protected, and maintained until pickup by the Carlsbad Parks
and Recreation Department. Bid Item No. 21 - Cut and Cap Existing Irrigation System (Lump Sum)
The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for cutting and capping existing irrigation systems in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 22 - Extend Existing Irrigation System (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for extending existing irrigation systems in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes,
but is not limited to, coordination with private property owners, checking and testing system and valves, making repairs as needed, adjusting locations and/or installing new line pipe, fittings, sleeves, pop-up spray heads and nozzles, miscellaneous parts, and cement. Bid Item No. 23 - Recompact 12" Top Soil (Fine Grading) (Square Foot) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for recompacting top soil in accordance with the plans and contract documents. Bid Item No. 24 - Erosion Control Mulch (Cubic Yard) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install erosion control mulch in accordance with the plans and contract documents.
Bid Item No. 25 - Hydroseeding (Square Foot) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for hydroseeding in
accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but not limited to, LSA Memo-randum of Revegetation Specifications dated September 17, 2020 as provided in Appendix B outlining revegetation notes, temporary irrigation, seed mix, application procedures, and mainte-
nance requirements. Bid Item No. 26 - Reset Chain Link Fence (includes removal) (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for removing and replacing chain link fence in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, removal and disposal of chain link fence not designated to be replaced. Measurement shall be made along length of reinstalled fence.
Bid Item No. 27 - 42-inch Pedestrian Railing at Top of Slopes (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install 42-inch-high metal railings at the top of slopes in accordance with the plans and contract docu-ments.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 120 of 193
Bid Item No. 28 - Traffic Control (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price for this bid item shall constitute full compensation for all traffic control
in accordance with the plans and contract documents and Sections 7-10 and 604-6 of these spe-cial provisions. This includes, but is not limited to, preparing modified traffic control plans, implementing traffic control, supplying, installing and removing k-rail, signing, striping, flagging
operations, arrow boards, resident notification letters, door hanger, installation, maintenance, and removal of cones, delineators, advanced warning signs, barricades, flagmen, temporary traffic stripe application and sandblasted removal, traffic rerouting and “NO PARKING” signs. Traffic
control shall be phased in accordance with the plans. Bid Item No. 29 - Reset Pipe Handrailing (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove and install existing pipe handrailing along the south edge of the bridge sidewalk in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 304-2, “Metal Hand Railings,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 30 - Remove Bridge Rail (Type 9-11) (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove existing concrete bridge barrier (Type 11) and metal bridge railing (Type 9) in accordance with the plans and contract documents, and Section 303-9, “Concrete Removal,” of these special provisions. This includes, but is not limited to, working platforms and protective covers, saw cutting, disposal of concrete, metal, and rebar, and refinishing the bridge deck. Bid Item No. 31 - Remove Bridge (Portion) (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove the upper portion of existing concrete bridge wingwalls and abutment backwalls along the edge of the
northbound roadway in accordance with the plans and contract documents, and Section 303-9, “Concrete Removal,” of these special provisions. This includes, but is not limited to, saw cutting, disposal of concrete and rebar, and refinishing. Bid Item No. 32 - Remove Masonry Sound Wall (Square Feet) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove existing
masonry walls and concrete footings in accordance with the plans and contract documents, and Section 303-9, “Concrete Removal,” of these special provisions. This includes, but is not limited to, excavation, saw cutting, backfill, and disposal of concrete, masonry, and rebar. Bid Item No. 33 - Remove Concrete Vault (Portion) (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to remove the upper portion of the existing concrete vault adjacent to Abutment 2 in accordance with the plans and contract documents, and Section 303-9, “Concrete Removal,” of these special provisions.
This includes, but is not limited to, excavation, saw cutting, dewatering, slurry backfill, and dis-posal of concrete, metal, and rebar. Bid Item No. 34 - Structure Excavation (Bridge Abutments) (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to excavate for the new truss bridge abutments in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section
300-3, “Structure Excavation and Backfill” of these special provisions. This includes, but is not limited to, dewatering, cofferdams if required, and removal of unsuitable material such as rip rap.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 121 of 193
Bid Item No. 35 - Micropile (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install
micropiles in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 305-2, “Micropiles,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 36 - Structural Concrete, Bridge (Cubic Yard) The contract unit price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to construct the canti-levered sidewalk along the southbound edge of the existing bridge deck, return walls and
wingwalls at the end of the cantilevered sidewalk, barrier moment slabs at each northbound end of the existing bridge, abutment footings and stems for the new pedestrian bridge, and the deck of the new pedestrian bridge, in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, excavation and backfill except as noted, bar reinforcing steel, drill and bond dowels, falsework, formwork, and expansion joint material. Concrete for masonry sound wall foot-ings, Type 80 barriers, and minor concrete for at-grade pavement, curbs, gutters, and ramps is
paid for separately. Structure excavation for new truss bridge abutments is paid for separately. Bid Item No. 37 - Furnish Prefabricated Steel Bridge (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish prefabri-cated steel bridges in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 304-6, “Prefabricated Steel Bridge,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 38 - Erect Prefabricated Steel Bridge (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to erect pre-fabricated steel bridges in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 304-6, “Prefabricated Steel Bridge,” of these special provisions. This includes, but not limited to, coordi-
nation with utility companies to relocate and provide new facilities and conduits. Bid Item No. 39 - Sound Wall (Masonry Block) (Square Feet)
The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct ma-sonry walls of various sizes and colors in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, excavation and backfill, concrete footings, bar reinforcing steel,
doweled connections to existing footings, pilasters, cap stones, architectural treatment, paint, wa-terproofing, drainage systems, and joint materials. Bid Item No. 40 - Steel Swing Gate (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install steel swing gates in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section 206-10, “Steel Gates,” of these special provisions.
Bid Item No. 41 - Tubular Bicycle Railing (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install tubular bicycle railing mounted to concrete barrier, including color requirements, in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Sections 206-11 and 304-8, “Tubular Bicycle Railings,” of these special provisions. Bid Item No. 42 - Alternative Crash Cushion System (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install permanent crash cushion systems in accordance with the plans, contract documents, and Section
312-1, “Permanent Crash Cushions,” of these special provisions.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 122 of 193
Bid Item No. 43 - Concrete Barrier (Type 80) (Lineal Feet) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to construct con-
crete barrier (Type 80) in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, excavation and backfill, integral color pigment, and drilling holes and bonding dowels into the existing concrete bridge. The quantities of bar reinforcing steel required in con-
crete barriers, including the length extending into decks, walls, or footings, will not be paid for as a separate pay item and full compensation therefor will be considered as included in the contract price paid per lineal foot for Concrete Barrier (Type 80).
Bid Item No. 44 - Bridge Lighting (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this item shall constitute full compensation to furnish and install lighting for the new pedestrian bridge in accordance with the plans and contract documents. This includes, but is not limited to, luminaires, outlet boxes, conduit, wire, controls, connections and acceptance testing.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 123 of 193
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS Add the following section: 200-2.9 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from or-ganic matter and other deleterious substances and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include
material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 1 1/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum
__________________ _____________________ Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" ................................. 100 — 11/2" ............................ 90-100 —
1" ................................. — 100 3/4" .............................. 50-85 90-100 No. 4 ............................ 25-45 35-60 No. 30 ........................... 10-25 10-30 No. 200 ........................ 2-9 2-9
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Dura-bility Index test is performed.
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for “Operating Range” but meet the “Contract Compliance” requirements,
placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, an-other day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements spec-
ified for “Operating Range.” If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for “Contract Compliance,” the aggregate base which is represented by
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 124 of 193
these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the En-gineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25
per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the “Contract Compliance” requirements, only
one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards
or one day's production, whichever is smaller. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE.
Modify Table 201-1.1.2 as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2 (3) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
Type of Construction Concrete Maximum Class Slump (Inches)
Cantilevered Sidewalk (southbound edge of deck) 650-CW-4000 4”
All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 560-C-3250 (1) (2)
Trench Backfill Slurry 190-E-400 8”
Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments 560-C-3250 4”
Traffic Signal Foundations 590-C-3750 4”
Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 520-C-2500P per Table 300-11.3.1
(1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201-1.1.2 SSPWC. (3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as
changed are not affected by this table. 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (d) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 per-centage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. Add the following: 201-1.2.7 Integral Colored Concrete. Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures devel-oped for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or ex-ceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architec-tural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 125 of 193
Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the in-
stallation on identical surfaces for approval by Resident Engineer. Contractor shall provide a maintenance schedule for integral colored concrete.
Admixture for all integral colored concrete in barriers and other integral colored concrete shall be the following:
Color: C-15 “Coachella Sand” by Scofield Curing: Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 of these Supplemental Provisions for Concrete Curing Materials. Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal
L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manu-facturer’s specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). Add the following: 201-1.6 Not Used
Add the following: 201-1.7 Miscellaneous Concrete Finishing Products. 201-1.7.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal)
Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and nat-ural concrete. Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the ma-sonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance.
Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer’s directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Clear, non-yellowing
Odor: Mild Flash Point: None (C.O.C. method) Specific Grav.: 1.03
Density: 8.6 pounds per gallon Drying Time: 30 minutes to 60 minutes Cure Time: 24 to 48 hours
VOC Content: None (0 g/l) excluding water
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 126 of 193
Polymer Type: Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate):
Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of
application. Method of: Airless sprayer. Application
Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900
All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer’s direction. Add the following: 201-1.8 Refinishing Bridge Decks. Concrete for refinishing bridge decks must be either portland cement concrete or rapid setting concrete. 201-1.8.1 Portland Cement Concrete. Portland cement concrete shall conform to 201-1 and the following: 1. Concrete must contain at least 675 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.
2. Free water must not exceed 280 lb/cu yd. 3. Aggregate must contain from 50 to 55 percent fine aggregate. The remaining portion must be pea gravel. Grade pea gravel such that 100 percent passes the 1/2-inch sieve and at
most 5 percent passes the no. 16 sieve. 4. Engineer may request that admixtures be used. 201-1.8.2 Rapid Setting Concrete. Rapid setting concrete shall comply with section 201-1.9. You may extend rapid setting concrete using a clean, uniform, and rounded aggregate filler with a moisture content of no more than 0.5 percent. Aggregate gradation must comply with the re-quirements shown in the following table: TABLE 201-1.8.2(A) RAPID SETTING CONCRETE AGGREGATE GRADATION
SIEVE SIZE PERCENTAGE PASSING
1/2” 100 No. 16 0-5
The amount of aggregate filler must comply with the manufacturer's instructions. Concrete strengths for extended concrete must be at least as specified for magnesium phosphate concrete. Combine components of dual-component magnesium phosphate by mixing only complete units supplied by the manufacturer. Do not add water to dual-component magnesium phosphate. 201-1.8.3 Epoxy Adhesive. Epoxy adhesive for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete must comply with ASTM C881/C881M, Type V, Grade 2, Class B or C.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 127 of 193
Use Class B whenever the surface temperature is from 40 to 60 degrees F or if a faster cure is required. Use Class C whenever the surface temperature is above 60 degrees F.
Add the following: 201-1.9 Bonding Materials. Bonding materials must be magnesium phosphate concrete, modi-
fied high-alumina-based concrete, or portland-cement-based concrete. Magnesium phosphate concrete must be either single component that is water activated or dual
component with prepackaged liquid activator. Modified high-alumina-based concrete and portland-cement-based concrete must be water acti-vated. Bonding materials must comply with the requirements in Table 201-1.9(A).
TABLE 201-1.9(A) BONDING MATERIALS
Magnesium phosphate concrete must be formulated for a minimum initial set time of 15 minutes and minimum final set time of 25 minutes at 70 degrees F. Store the materials in a cool, dry environment before use. The mix water used with water-activated material shall conform to 201-1.2.3. The quantity of water for single-component type or liquid activator for dual-component type to be blended with the dry component, must be within the limits recommended by the manufacturer and must be the least quantity required to produce a pourable batter. If authorized, you may add retarders to magnesium phosphate concrete. The addition of retarders must comply with the manufacturer's instructions.
Magnesium phosphate concrete must not be mixed in containers or worked with tools containing zinc, cadmium, aluminum, or copper metals. Modified high alumina-based concrete must not be
mixed in containers or worked with tools containing aluminum.
Quality Characteristic Test Method Requirement
Compressive strength (psi, min): at 3 hours at 24 hours
California Test 551 3000 5000 Flexural strength at 24 hours (psi, min) California Test 551 500 Bond strength at 24 hours (psi, min): Saturated surface dry concrete Dry concrete
California Test 551 300 400 Water absorption (percent, max) California Test 551 10 Abrasion resistance at 24 hours (g, max) California Test 550 25 Drying shrinkage at 4 days (percent, max) ASTM C596 0.13 Soluble chlorides by weight (percent, max) California Test 422 0.05 Water soluble sulfates by weight (percent, max) California Test 417 0.25
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 128 of 193
201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE.
201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel. Replace the first sentence with: Unless otherwise specified, rein-forcing steel shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615/A615M or ASTM A706/A706M, Grade 60, except Grade 40 may be used in curbs, gutters, and curb inlets.
Add the following section: 201-2.2.2 Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Reinforcing Steel.
Epoxy coat the following: a) Reinforcement in Structural Concrete (Bridge) b) Reinforcement in concrete barriers c) Reinforcement in sidewalks integral with concrete barriers Epoxy-coated prefabricated bar reinforcement shall comply with ASTM A934/A934M. Coating
shall be purple or gray. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. 201-3.4 Type “A” Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a ½” continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type “A” and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to
maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates.
Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer’s standard bead samples, consisting
of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment
Type “A” as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated,
provide manufacturer’s standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 129 of 193
Acceptable Products: “Sonneborn NPII”; Sonneborn Building Products Division; “Scofield Litho-seal Trafficalk 3-G”, L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer.
Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint sub-strates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be pre-formed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, non-
extruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polystyrene foam is not acceptable. 201-3.7 Type “D” Joint Sealant. Add the following: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C
(400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 201-3.7(A). TABLE 201-3.7(A) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT
Add the following section: 201-10 CONCRETE ANCHORS. 201-10.1 Drill and Bond Dowel. Bonding materials for drill and bond dowels shall comply with
section 201-1.9. 201-10.2 Drill and Bond Dowel (Chemical Adhesives). Chemical adhesives for bonding dowels shall be on the Caltrans Authorized Material List for chemical adhesive/cartridge epoxies (http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/). The chemical adhesive shall be appro-priate for the installation conditions.
201-10.3 Anchorage Devices. Concrete anchorage devices shall comply with Section 75-3.02C, “Anchorage Devices,” of the 2015 Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Property Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) Results Conditions
Cone Penetration ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max. 25°C, 150 g, 5 s Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max. Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C Softening Point, ASTM D 36 82 °C, min. Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25°C, 50 mm/min Flash Point, COC, °C ASTM D 92 288 °C, min. Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa·s No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 130 of 193
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-5 SLURRY SEAL. 203-5.5 Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS). 203-5.5.2 Materials. 203-5.5.2.1 Aggregate. replace with the following: Aggregate shall be Type I conforming to 203-
5.3. 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. Add the following: 203-6.2.7 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conform-
ance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +/-0.5% of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix
complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.4. Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grad-ing as shown in Table 203-6.4.4. 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG64-10-RAP for surface course, and B-PG64-10-RAP for base course. Asphalt con-crete shall be class D2-PG70-10 for dikes and class E-PG70-10 ditches. 203-6.4.4 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be
determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate
taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accord-ance with Calif. Test 125.
When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability using: a. Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three individual Values or b. Marshall Stability1 in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. 1Only use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +/-5. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 131 of 193
203-6.8 Storage. Add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt concrete stored in ex-cess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours, shall not be used
in the work. 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM). 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C. SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES 204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD TABLE 204-1.2 add the following: TABLE 204-1.2
USES GRADES
Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x 100 mm (2”x4”) Construction grade Redwood or preserva-tive treated construction grade Douglas Fir
Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 50 mm x 100 mm (2”x4”) Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir
SECTION 205 - PILES 205-2 STEEL PILES. 205-2.1 General. Add the following: For micropile special provisions, see Section 305-2. SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS 206-1 STRUCTURAL STEEL, RIVETS, BOLTS, PINS, AND ANCHOR BOLTS
Add the following section: 206-1.6 Stainless Steel Fasteners. Stainless steel fasteners for general applications shall be Type 304 or Type 316. Bolts, screws, studs, threaded rods, and nonheaded anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM F593 or F738M. Nuts shall conform to ASTM F594 or F836M. 206-6 CHAIN LINK FENCE. 206-6.3.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Fabric. add the following: PVC coated chain link fabric shall be Class 2. Add the following section: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. 206-7.1 Roadside Signs. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in
accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 132 of 193
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during day-time and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform,
flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and alumi-
num marks. 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of
the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame: A. PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, B. Name of the sign manufacturer, C. Month and year of fabrication, D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and
E. Manufacturer’s identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced plas-tic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign. 206-7.1.3 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu-facture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX
prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig-nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa-tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat-ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication.
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be pro-
vided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. 206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 133 of 193
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the
Contractor’s performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and porta-ble signs. 206-7.2.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accord-ance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the
serviceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during day-time and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and alumi-num marks.
206-7.2.2 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu-facture of the sign(s) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig-nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa-tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light
and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat-ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust,
and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7’). d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2) of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when
approved by the Engineer. e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions.
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs.
Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 134 of 193
mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted
signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist
of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial
nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12”). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required.
Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tub-ing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation 446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM 525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated on all four faces with 11mm (7/16”) holes on 25 mm (1”) centers.
Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm
(+0.011”, -0.005”). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not ex-ceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.010”) applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 “ in 3’). Tolerance for corner
radius is 4.0mm (5/32”), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64”) radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (10’). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64“) on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8” in 20’). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(B).
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 135 of 193
TABLE 206-8.2(A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE
Nominal Outside
mm
Dimensions
(inches)
Outside Tolerance for
mm
All Sides at Corners
(inches)
25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.13 0.005
32 x 32 (11/4 x 11/4) 0.15 0.006
38 x 38 (11/2 x 11/2) 0.15 0.006
44 x 44 (13/4 x 13/4) 0.20 0.008
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.20 0.008 56 x 56 (23/16 x 23/16) 0.25 0.010
57 x 57 (21/4 x 21/4) 0.25 0.010
64 x 64 (21/2 x 21/2) 0.25 0.010
51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.25 0.010 TABLE 206-8.2(B) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST
Nominal Outside
mm
Dimension
(Inches)
Squar
mm
eness(1)
(Inches)
Twist Permissible
mm(2)
in 900 mm (3”)
(Inches)(2)
25 x 25 (1 x 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050
32 x 32 (1-1/4 x 1-1/4) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050
38 x 38 (1-1/2 x 1-1/2) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050
44 x 44 (1-3/4 x 1-3/4) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062
56 x 56 (2-3/16 x 2-3/16) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062
57 x 57 (2-1/4 x 2-1/4) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062
64 x 64 (2-1/2 x 2-1/2) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075
51 x 76 (2 x 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075
(1) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed. (2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate. Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel “pull-through” electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8”) diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8”) diameter
head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200”) to 0.90 mm (0.356”). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type III.
Add the following section: 206-9 PREFABRICATED STEEL BRIDGE. 206-9.1 General. For prefabricated steel bridge special provisions, see Section 304-6. Add the following section: 206-10 STEEL GATES. 206-10.1 General. Swing gates must comply with ASTM F900 for gate posts and single swing gate types. Gates must have welded frame corner construction.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 136 of 193
206-10.2 Pipe and Tubing. Zinc-coated steel must comply with ASTM F1043 and ASTM F1083, and must include the manufacturer’s standard protective coating and black finish. Gate posts,
gate frames, and gate pickets must consist of rectangular tubular steel. 206-10.3 Hardware. Hinges must be 180-degree outward swinging type. A standard internal lock-
ing device must be furnished in lieu of a gate latch. Locks must permit operation from both sides of gate.
Add the following section: 206-11 TUBULAR BICYCLE RAILINGS. 206-11.1 General. Welding must comply with AWS D1.1. Grind welds on exposed surfaces flush with the adjacent surfaces.
Galvanize completed steel parts and hardware for railings under 210-3. After galvanizing, the railing elements must be free of fins, abrasions, rough or sharp edges, and other surface defects and must not be kinked, twisted, or bent. If straightening is necessary, use an authorized method. Elements with kinks, twists, or bends may be rejected. Clean and regalvanize (1) abraded or damaged galvanized surfaces of steel rail elements and posts and (2) ends of steel rail elements cut after galvanizing. If authorized, you may repair the surfaces under 210-3.5 instead of regalvanizing. After assembly, cleaning, and any necessary repair and regalvanizing, paint all railing compo-
nents under 210-1. The finish coat color must match color no. 30215 of FED-STD-595 (brown). 206-11.2 Rail, Post Tubes, Bars, and Plates. Rail and post tubes must comply with ASTM A500,
Grade B. Rolled bars and plates and rail splice sleeves must comply with ASTM A36. If the vertical radius of the tubular handrailing is 30 feet or less, that portion of the railing must be
either shop bent or built up from ¼-inch-thick structural steel plates. The built-up tubular rail ele-ments must match the seamless tubing in appearance. The difference between out-to-out rail splice sleeve dimensions and the clear inside dimensions of the tubular steel rail elements must not exceed 3/16 inch after galvanizing. 206-11.3 Hardware. Bolts must comply with ASTM F3125, Grade A325. Threaded rods must conform to ASTM A449. Nuts for bolts and threaded rods must comply with ASTM A563. Washers
for bolts and threaded rods must comply with ASTM F436. Bolts and threaded rods furnished under ASTM A449 must comply with the mechanical require-ments specified in ASTM A449 after galvanizing.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 137 of 193
SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 PAINT. 210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1.5 TABLE 210-1.5
Surface to be Painted Pre-Treatment / Surface Prep-aration Primer Finish Coats
Temporary Railing type (K) Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a Roughened, Textured Appear-ance
None Two coats white Acrylic Emulsion Paint (1)
(1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Specification TT-P-19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint may be tinted by using “universal” or “all purpose” concentrates. 210-3 GALVANIZING. Add the following section: 210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated
from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal
welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker shall be performed after fab-rication into the largest practical sections.
At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (1/8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designa-tion: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight
of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2). Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Gal-vanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, mill-ing, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvanizing to remove all slab or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc.
When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M,
A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted as-semblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galva-nizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 138 of 193
in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210-1 "Paint". Galvanized surfaces that are
abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with two applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (or-
ganic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coatings." Aerosol cans shall not be used. Add the following section: 210-6 METHACRYLATE RESIN BRIDGE DECK TREATMENT. 210-6.1 General. Add the following: For special provisions for methacrylate resin bridge deck treatment, see Section 311-2.
SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING GEOSYNTHETICS 213-5 GEOTEXTILES AND GEOGRIDS. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-5.1. TABLE 213-5.1 GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS
Application of Geotextile Type Designation
Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section 90WS
Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain 180N
Reinforcement of Street Structural Section 200WS
Remediation and Separation of Soil 270WS
Reinforcement of Soil 270WS
Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures N/A
Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures N/A
Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 kg (¼ Ton) 180N
Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Including and Above 225 kg (¼ Ton) 250N Plant Protection Covering 90N
Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6”x6”) Wire and 3 m (10’) Post Spacing 90WS
Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6’) Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 200WS
Add the following section: 213-6 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-6.1 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm (3/4“) crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic
bags are not acceptable.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 139 of 193
SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS.
Add the following section: 214-4.3 Green Bike Lane Paint. Green bike lane paint shall be Ennis-Flint 985206 green standard fast dry waterborne traffic paint or approved equal. Glass Beads associated with green bike lane paint shall meet the following specifications: a. Beads suitable for inter-mix or drop-on applications and produced to meet all Federal, State, County and City specifications.
b. Size range shall be 20-325 US mesh or 45-850 microns. c. Roundness shall be greater than or equal to 70%. d. Refractive Index shall be greater than or equal to 1.51. e. Specific gravity shall be approximately 2.5. 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-6.5 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the
plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-6.5, or equal thereto. TABLE 214-6.5 TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS
Type Manufacturer of Distributor
TOM- Temporary Overlay
Markers
Davidson Traffic Control Products, 3110 70th Avenue East, Ta-
coma, WA 98424, (877) 335-4638
Add the following section: 214-6.7 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumina-tion of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-6.7, or equal thereto.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 140 of 193
TABLE 214-6.7 REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER
Type Manufacturer of Distributor
Safe-Hit SH336SMA Safe-Hit, A Division of Energy Absorption Systems, Inc. 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1100 Chicago, IL 60602 (800) 537-8958
Carsonite "Super Duck" SDR3036 Carsonite Composites, LLC 605 Bob Gifford Boulevard Early Branch, SC 29916 (800) 648-7916 Repo "The Replaceable Post" Western Highway Products 10680 Fern Avenue Stanton, CA 90680
(800) 854-3360
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2-5.3 “Submittals”. Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the
approved quality control program.
Add the following section: SECTION 215 – ENVIRONMENTAL FENCING 215-1. Environmental Fencing. Environmental fence shall be minimum 4’ high, orange colored
plastic construction fencing installed prior to performing any work. Environmental fence shall be constructed of non-toxic, non-conductive polyethylene capable of withstanding temperatures from –58F degrees to 194F degrees. Color shall be non-fading. Posts shall be 6’-6” long, shall be
spaced no more than 10’-0” apart and buried portion shall be no less than 2’-6” deep. Used ma-terials may be installed providing the used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose intended, as determined by the Engineer. Materials may be commercial quality providing
the dimensions and sizes of the materials are equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes specified herein. Posts shall be either metal or wood at the Contractor's option. Galvanizing and painting of steel items will not be required. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 141 of 193
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. Add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations,
the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated
shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contam-inated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. Add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk, existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and desig-nated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment. Modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the
contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile loca-tions and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and con-
duits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of aban-doned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clear and Grub, and no additional
payment will be made. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. 300-3.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pump-ing, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encoun-tered below grade as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-3.5.3 Embankment Fill. Embankment fill shall conform to 217-4. Embankment fill shall be placed in accordance with 300-4.5 and shall be mechanically compacted to a minimum relative
compaction of 95 percent. Payment shall be made in accordance with 300-4.10. 300-3.6 Payment. Add the following: Dewatering and cofferdams, if required, shall be paid for as
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 142 of 193
an incidental to structure excavation and no additional compensation will be made therefore. Un-suitable material encountered below grade will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for structure
excavation. 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is
clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table 300-5.2.1(A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top 3 feet of imported bor-row shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3”). Rock included below the top 3 feet of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6”). TABLE 300-5.2.1(A) IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES
Tests Test Method No. Requirements
R-Value Calif. 301 40 Min.
Expansion Index UBC Standard 18-2 10 Max.
Plasticity Index ASTM D 424 4 Max. Sieve Analysis ASTM D 422 Percent Passing 75 (No. 200) 15 Max.
300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control con-forming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water dam-age of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within
the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel
bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control onsite and off-site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which
have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. All direct impacts to wetlands (including dis-turbed forms) shall be avoided during construction through the placement of temporary fencing and monitoring by a qualified biologist. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the “Best Management Practices”, hereinafter BMP, defined and de-scribed in the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2015 edition as published by the California Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall main-tain a copy of the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January
2015 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 143 of 193
Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods. b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation
of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by sur-face runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the re-sulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures.
These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein.
Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the require-
ments of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for Erosion and Sediment Controls, and no additional com-pensation will be allowed therefore. 300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-11.4 Payment. Delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the contract bid price for rip-rap stone, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. Add the following section: 300-12 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION FABRIC. 300-12.1 Preparation of Subgrade. Prior to placing rock slope protection fabric the Contractor shall clear the surfaces upon or against which rock slope protection fabric is to be placed of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the fabric during installation. Equip-
ment or vehicles shall not be operated or driven directly on the rock slope protection fabric. Rock slope protection fabric damaged during placement shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at its expense as directed by the Engineer.
300-12.2 Placement. The Contractor shall place rock slope protection fabric prior to placing rock slope protection. The Contractor shall grade surfaces to be covered by rock slope protection so as to provide full support for the fabric. Rock slope protection fabric shall conform to the provisions in Section 213-2, “Geotextiles”, and shall be placed by the Contractor in accordance with the details shown on the plans and as specified herein. The Contractor shall handle rock slope pro-tection fabric with care that it is not torn or stretched and place it in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, these specifications and as directed by the Engineer. The Con-tractor shall place and fit rock slope protection fabric loosely upon or against the surface to receive the fabric so that the fabric conforms to the surface without damage when the cover material is placed. Rock slope protection fabrics shall be joined, at the option of the Contractor, either with overlapped joints or stitched seams. When fabric is joined with overlapped joints, all adjacent
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 144 of 193
borders of the fabric shall be overlapped not less than 610 mm (24”). The fabric shall be placed such that the fabric being placed shall overlap the adjacent section of fabric in the direction the
cover material is being placed. When the fabric is joined by stitched seams, the fabric shall be stitched with yarn of a contrasting color. The size and composition of the yarn shall be as recom-mended by the fabric manufacturer. The number of stitches per 25 mm (1”) of seam shall be 6 ±
1. The strength of stitched seams shall be the same as specified for the fabric, except when stitched seams are oriented up and down a slope the strength shall be a minimum of 80 percent of that specified for the fabric. Fabric damaged beyond repair, as determined by the Engineer,
shall be replaced by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore. Repairing damaged fabric shall consist of placing new fabric over the damaged area. The minimum fabric overlap from the edge of the damaged area shall be 3 feet for overlap joints. If the new fabric joints at the damaged areas are joined by stitching, the stitched joints shall conform to the re-quirements specified herein. Damaged fabric that is suitable for repair, as determined by the Engineer, shall be repaired by the Contractor and no additional payment will be made therefore.
300.12.3 Measurement and Payment. Measurement and payment for rock slope protection fab-ric shall conform to the requirements of section 300-8.1.2. 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Add the following section: 300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution preven-tion work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, hereafter referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the “Greenbook” Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the Cal-
ifornia Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction (“Handbook”), the requirements of the Permit, the requirements in the plans and these supplemental provisions.
300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies
of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions. Contractor will be provided the digital format for SWPPP to complete required sections. If revi-sions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer’s comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer’s acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed.
The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construc-tion site both during and after construction is completed under this contract.
The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories:
1. Soil stabilization practices; 2. Sediment control practices; 3. Wind erosion control practices; and
4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 145 of 193
Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are con-
tained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibil-
ities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP:
1. Source Identification; 2. Erosion and Sediment Controls; 3. Non-Storm Water Management;
4. Waste Management and Disposal; 5. Maintenance, Inspection and Repair; 6. Training;
7. List of Contractors and Subcontractors; 8. Post-Construction Storm Water Management; 9. Preparer;
10. Copy of the local permit; 11. BMP Consideration Checklist; 12. SWPPP Checklist; 13. Schedule of Values; and 14. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quan-
tities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for
review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised oper-ations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the
project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protec-tion Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non-compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non-compliance. Add the following section: 300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A site-specific draft document intended for use as a template for the required SWPPP document will be made available for use at the Contractor's option, at no cost to the Contractor. The document is available for review in Appendix B. The
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 146 of 193
Contractor shall review the template and modify it as necessary to reflect the Contractor’s opera-tions.
Add the following section: 300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of SWPPP shall be consid-
ered incidental to the items of work and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and main-taining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engi-neer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accord-
ance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the “Hand-book” and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season.
The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water manage-
ment and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor’s cost,
which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.1.5 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontin-
ued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the “Handbook” shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspec-tion record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection.
During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows:
1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the con-
struction site;
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 147 of 193
3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week.
If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by
a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City.
SECTION 301 - SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS, AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading “150mm (6 inches)” to “300 mm (12”)”. 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Con-tractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12”) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91.
301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor,
materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or re-compact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed.
SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING Replace Section 302-3 with the following section: 302-3 GENERAL. 302-3.1 Vegetation Control. The Contractor shall be responsible for tree trimming along the curb
line as noted in Section 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing – so as to provide a clear travel way during the construction of the roadway resurfacing. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for the two-day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section
6-1. Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and post emergent herbicide treat-ment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made therefore. 302-3.2 Public Convenience and Traffic Control. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as
to prevent damage by all traffic.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 148 of 193
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING.
302-4.8 Spreading and Application. add to the first paragraphs: No slurry shall be applied until the provisions of subsection 800-1.2.6, Herbicide Application, Section 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement, Section 314-2 Removal of Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings have all
been satisfied. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings, legends and striping, either permanent or tem-
porary in those areas to be slurried. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain
system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sand-blasting in any areas. All cracks and areas between existing curb and gutter and edge of pavement that contain weeds or plant growth of any kind shall be treated with herbicides. Herbicides shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to sealing of street. Allowance for the two-day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Contractor shall remove any visible plant growth prior to placement of Herbicide. Full compensation for removal of striping and herbicide application shall include but not be limited
to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work and shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. Add the following: 302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-13.1. Ramps shall be con-structed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.6.1 General. Modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling pro-
cedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures). Delete the first paragraph and replace with the fol-lowing: When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end
boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered
due to the Contractor’s operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 149 of 193
CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer
access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances.
Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications
and plans. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat or sand blotter. Add the following section: 302-14 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION Add the following section. 302-14.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein Add the following section. 302-14.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1’) below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on
the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in
square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (1’) of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to 0.10gallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0’) full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish sur-
face and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. Add the following section. 302-14.3 Crack Sealing Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks designated to be sealed before installing hot poured rubber-asphalt joint sealant material. The sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1190. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack
cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, “Cleanup and Dust Control.” The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-
melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt seal-ant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data
showing the manufacturer’s name, the product designation and the manufacturer’s batch number
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 150 of 193
and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pave-
ment. Add the following section: 302-14.4. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as desig-nated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full depth
asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Payment for resurfacing shall include post emergent herbicide treatment. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of con-structing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw cutting and removing and disposing 300 mm (1’) thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete, compaction of
subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1h asphalt emulsion and all other work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 303-1.3 Forms. Add the following: Concrete barriers must present a smooth, uniform appearance in its final position, conforming closely to the horizontal and vertical lines shown or ordered. The barrier must be free of lumps, sags, or other irregularities. Both the top and face must not vary more than 0.02 foot from the edge of a 10-foot straightedge. 303-1.4.3 Miscellaneous Structures. Add the following: Forms for Type 80 series concrete bar-rier railing shall remain in place for a minimum of 36 hours after the concrete is placed. 303-1.6.2 Falsework Design. Add the following: The Contractor shall provide all temporary brac-ing necessary to withstand all imposed loads during erection, construction, and removal of any falsework. The Contractor shall provide falsework drawings and calculations prepared by a reg-
istered professional engineer, civil or structural, that show provisions for resolution of all loads that may be imposed upon the falsework. Such plans and calculations shall include:
1. Resolution of all live, dead, wind, construction and impact loads that may be imposed on the falsework. 2. Temporary bracing or methods to be used during each phase of erection and removal of
the falsework. 3. Concrete placement sequence. 4. Erection and removal sequence. 5. Deflection values for the falsework that include recommended methods to compensate for falsework deflections, vertical alignment, and anticipated falsework deflection.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 151 of 193
Add the following section: 303-1.7.5 Installing Prefabricated Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement. Do not bend epoxy-coated
prefabricated reinforcement after coating application. Job site and PC plant practices must comply with sections X2.3.1 through X2.3.15 of appendix
X2 of ASTM A934/A934M for bar reinforcement. 303-1.8.6 Joints. Add the following: Locate expansion joints in the barrier at deck, pavement, and
principal wall joints. Expansion joint filler material must be the same size as the joint or 1/2 inch minimum. 303-4 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-4.2.4 Measurement and Payment. Add the following: Masonry walls are measured by the
area of wall and pilaster, above the footing, projected on a vertical plane between the elevation lines and wall length. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.5.2 Curb. Add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3”) high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A). TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) Curb Face Markings
Type of underground facilities Marking
Water Service Lateral W Sewer Service Lateral S Irrigation Water Lateral or Sleeve RW
303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be con-sidered as continuing across driveways and access ramps when constructed adjacent thereto.
Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depressions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet.
Add the following section: 303-9 CONCRETE REMOVAL. 303-9.1 General. Backfill trenches, holes, depressions, and pits caused by removing existing concrete structures. In an unsurfaced area, backfill with embankment material under section 300-3. In a surfaced area, backfill with material equal to or better than the surrounding material. Grade backfilled areas to drain and blend in with the surrounding area. Clean earth and other foreign material, including concrete, from material to be salvaged or incor-porated into the work. Dispose of removed facilities not to be salvaged or incorporated into the work. If you damage a facility or a portion of a facility to remain in place, repair or replace it. The repair
or replacement must be equal or better in quality than the original portion.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 152 of 193
Where abrasive blasting is performed within 10 feet of a lane open to traffic, remove residue with a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blast cleaning equipment.
303-9.2 Removing Concrete. Where concrete is described to be removed, remove the concrete to a depth of at least 3 feet below finished grade.
Concrete removal includes removal of any steel embedded in the concrete.
Before removing a portion of a monolithic concrete element, make a 1-inch-deep saw cut to a true line along the limits of removal on faces of the element that will be visible in the completed work. Protect existing reinforcement to be incorporated into the new work from damage. Where new concrete is to join existing concrete, remove enough concrete to allow splicing of new
reinforcement. 303-9.3 Work Platforms and Protective Covers. Provide working platforms and protective co-vers for removal work over water and revetments. Protective covers must: 1. Be constructed before starting removal activities. 2. Prevent any materials, equipment, or debris from falling into water or onto revetments. 3. Be supported using shoring, falsework, or fastened to the existing structure. 4. Remain clear of the variable water surface at all times. 5. Not restrict the openings in the existing box culvert. 6. Be cleaned of debris and fines before being removed.
Add the following section: 303-10 CONCRETE ANCHORS. 303-10.1 Drill and Bond Dowels. For drill and bond dowels, drill the holes without damaging the
adjacent concrete. Holes for bonded dowels must be 1/2 inch larger than the nominal dowel di-ameter.
If reinforcement is encountered during drilling before the specified depth is attained, notify the Engineer. Unless coring through the reinforcement is authorized, drill a new hole adjacent to the rejected hole to the depth shown. Each drilled hole must be clean and dry when placing the bonding material and dowel. The bond-ing material and dowel must completely fill the drilled hole. The surface temperature must be at least 40 degrees F when magnesium phosphate concrete is placed. Thoroughly dry finishing tools cleaned with water before working magnesium phosphate concrete. Leave dowels undisturbed for 3 hours or until the dowels can be supported by the concrete. Cure modified high-alumina-based concrete and portland-cement-based concrete using the cur-ing compound method. Do not cure magnesium phosphate concrete.
Replace dowels that fail to bond or are damaged. 303-10.2 Drill and Bond Dowels (Chemical Adhesive). For drill and bond dowel (chemical ad-hesive), the drilled hole diameter and depth must comply with the ICBO evaluation report for the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 153 of 193
size of dowel being installed unless otherwise shown. Increase the drilled hole depth specified in the ICBO evaluation report by 50 percent when dowels are epoxy coated.
Drill the holes without damaging the adjacent concrete. If reinforcement is encountered during drilling before the specified depth is attained, notify the Engineer. Unless coring through the rein-
forcement is authorized, drill a new hole adjacent to the rejected hole to the depth shown. Immediately after inserting the dowels into the chemical adhesive, support the dowels as neces-
sary to prevent movement until the epoxy has cured the minimum time specified in the Caltrans Authorized Material List for chemical adhesive/cartridge epoxies (http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/). Replace dowels that fail to bond or are damaged. Drill new holes adjacent to rejected dowels and install replacement dowels.
303-10.3 Anchorage Devices. Install mechanical expansion anchors, resin capsule anchors, and CIP inserts under the manufacturer's instructions, and such that the attached equipment or fixture bears firmly against the concrete. Add the following section: 303-11 REFINISHING BRIDGE DECKS. 303-11.1 General. Make a 3/4-inch-deep saw cut around the perimeter of the deck to be refin-ished. Remove concrete in areas to be refinished to a depth of approximately 3/4 inch. Do not damage concrete to remain in place.
Clean prepared areas of dust and loose and deleterious materials by brooming, abrasive blast cleaning, and using high-pressure air. Re-blast contaminated areas before starting concrete
placement activities. Cut off dowels 1 inch below the existing deck surface or at the bottom of concrete removal, which-
ever is lower. You may refinish isolated high areas by cutting the concrete down flush with adjoining deck sur-faces. Use abrasive sawing, grinding, impact tool cutting, or other authorized methods. Fill prepared areas flush with the plane of the adjoining deck using concrete. Transversely score fresh concrete surfaces to a uniform texture consistent with the adjoining
deck. Use a stiff-bristled broom or other suitable device. Refinished surfaces must (1) be flush with the adjoining surface and (2) not vary more than 0.02 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot straightedge placed in the longitudinal direction. 303-11.2 Placing Concrete. Abrasive-blast clean concrete surfaces to be refinished. Sweep
blast-cleaned surfaces and blow them clean using high-pressure air. Apply an epoxy adhesive to cleaned surfaces immediately after cleaning. Surfaces must be dry
and have a temperature of at least 40 degrees F when applying the adhesive. The Engineer determines the application rate.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 154 of 193
Place concrete on fresh epoxy adhesive. Consolidate concrete immediately after placement until voids are filled and free mortar appears on the surface. Strike off concrete to the required grade.
Cure concrete in accordance with 303-1.10.
Do not apply loads of any type to the concrete until at least 7 days after placement. 303-11.3 Placing Rapid Setting Concrete. Blow surfaces to be refinished with high-pressure air
immediately before placing rapid setting concrete. Abrasive-blast clean concrete surfaces that are contaminated before the concrete is placed. Do not allow traffic on concrete until 24 hours after final set unless authorized. 303-11.4 Payment. Refinishing surfaces shall be considered incidental to the items of work and
no additional payment will be made therefore. SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION
304-2 METAL HAND RAILINGS. 304-2.1 General. Add the following: Where plans indicate to reset existing railing, carefully re-
move the railing and sleeves, clean, and store in a protected location until ready to attach to new anchor assemblies. The layout of new anchor assemblies must be carefully measured to match existing railing post spacings. Install railing at the same station location as previously installed.
If the Engineer concurs that portions of the railing cannot be reset, furnish and install matching new railing conforming to 206-5.1 and 304-2. If railing cannot be reset due to documented pre-existing conditions, construction of new railing will be extra work. The Contractor is responsible to repair or replace railing damaged during construction. Section 304-2 does not pertain to tubular bicycle railings. Tubular bicycle railings shall conform to the requirements of section 304-8. 304-3 CHAIN LINK FENCE. 304-3.2 Fence Construction. Add the following: Unless otherwise shown in the plans, replaced fence portions, including vinyl cladding, securing slats, and barbed wire, shall closely match the height, color, and style of existing fencing within and/or adjacent to the project area.
Add the following section: 304-6 PREFABRICATED STEEL BRIDGE. 304-6.1 General. The structural steel bridge fabricator shall be AISC certified for Simple Steel Bridges with Fracture Critical endorsement.
The bridge supplier shall have at least ten years of experience designing and fabricating these types of structures and a minimum of ten successful bridge projects, of similar construction, each of which has been in service at least seven years. The fabricator of the prefabricated bridge shall directly employ the design engineer.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 155 of 193
The bridge manufacturer shall warrant the steel structure to be free of design, material, and work-manship defects for a period of ten years from the date of delivery.
304-6.2 Bridge Type. The bridge shall consist of unpainted self-weathering (Corten) steel Pratt trusses. The bridge deck shall consist of reinforced concrete cast into galvanized steel forms.
Bridge width shall be 8’-0” measured from the inside face of structural elements. Maximum depth from top of concrete deck to lowest steel shall be 1’-7”. Other dimensions shall be as required to
satisfy design requirements and foundation layout geometry. Minimum railing height shall be 4’-6”. Maximum railing opening size shall be 4”. IPE hardwood rub rails shall be provided from 36” to 44” above concrete deck elevation.
The concrete deck shall be cast without transverse cross-slope and cast not lower than the side forms such that water is free to flow off the sides of the bridge deck. 304-6.3 Design Criteria. Bridge design shall be in accordance with the Sixth Edition of the Amer-ican Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Load and Resistance Factor (LRFD) Bridge Design Specifications (BDS) with Caltrans Amendments, and as supple-mented by the AASHTO LRFD Guide Specifications for the Design of Pedestrian Bridges, Second Edition. The design live load shall be 90 psf uniform live load or one H5 vehicle, whichever governs for any bridge member.
304-6.4 Shop Drawings. The Contractor shall, in accordance with 2-5.3, submit working draw-ings and calculations. Drawings and calculations shall include design information necessary to
construct the bridge and demonstrate its structural adequacy. Submittal documents shall be signed and stamped by a professional engineer registered in the
state of California. 304-6.5 Concrete Deck. Concrete deck shall conform to 201-1. Concrete shall be Class 560-C-3250 or Class 565-C-3250P. Placement of concrete shall conform to 303-1. 304-6.6 Reinforcing Steel. Unless otherwise specified, concrete reinforcement shall conform to and 201-2 and 303-1.7.
Reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A615 or A706, Grade 60. When one continuous reinforc-ing bar cannot be used, a lap splice of 48 bar diameters is required. Welding of reinforcing steel is not permitted. Minimum concrete clear cover to reinforcing steel shall be 2” unless noted oth-erwise. 304-6.7 Miscellaneous Metal. All materials and fittings shall be new and shall be galvanized in
accordance with 210-3. Unless otherwise specified, steel parts shall conform to the requirements in ASTM A36. Anchor
rods shall conform to ASTM F1554, Grade 36 or better. Nuts and washers shall conform to ASTM A563 and ASTM F436. Nuts shall be locked to prevent unauthorized removal.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 156 of 193
Grease used under bearing plates shall be recommended by manufacturer for corrosion protec-tion which will not melt or run at a temperature of 300 degrees F.
304-6.8 Payment. The contract unit price paid for Furnish Prefabricated Steel Bridge includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing
all the work involved in furnishing the prefabricated steel bridge, including shop drawings and calculations, anchor rods, bearing pads and plates, and rails, as shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
The contract lump sum price paid for Erect Prefabricated Steel Bridge includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in erecting the prefabricated steel bridge, including offloading and assembling, as shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
The concrete deck of the steel bridge will be measured and paid for as Structural Concrete, Bridge under 303-1.11. Reinforcing steel in the concrete deck will be measured and paid for as Bar Reinforcing Steel (Bridge) under 303-1.11. Add the following section: 304-7 STEEL GATES. 304-7.1 Field Measurements. Verify layout information for gates shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and adjacent structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. 304-7.2 Submittals. Submit shop drawings including plans, elevations, sections, details, hard-ware and attachments to other work. Provide a standard form warranty in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of gates that fail in materials or workmanship within a 5-
year period from date of installation. 304-7.3 Installation. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb,
and secure for full opening without interference. Gate posts may be mounted on pilasters or in concrete foundations. Attach hardware using tamper-resistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. 304-7.4 Payment. The contract unit price paid for Steel Gate includes full compensation for fur-nishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing the steel gate, including submittals, foundations, posts, hardware, and locks, as
shown on the plans, as specified in the specifications and these special provisions, and as di-rected by the Engineer. Add the following section: 304-8 TUBULAR BICYCLE RAILINGS. 304-8.1 General. The materials for tubular bicycle railings shall conform to 206-11. 304-8.2 Construction. Tubular bicycle railings must present a smooth, uniform appearance in
their final position, conforming closely to the horizontal and vertical lines shown or ordered.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 157 of 193
Before the tubular bicycle railing parts are assembled, clean the bearing surfaces and surfaces to be in permanent contact. If the railing is mounted on a concrete surface, the post bases must
be true and flat to provide uniform bearing. Carefully handle the materials such that no parts are bent, broken, abraded, or otherwise dam-
aged. Do not use manufacturing, handling, or installation methods that damage or distort the members or damage the galvanizing.
Adjust the vertical position of the tubular bicycle railing to compensate for the camber and dead load deflection of the superstructure. Where necessary, install shims at posts and rail elements to provide uniform bearing and con-formance with the horizontal lines and vertical grade lines. Shims at steel posts must be commercial-quality, galvanized sheet steel.
304-8.3 Payment. The contract unit price paid for Tubular Bicycle Railing includes full compen-sation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in furnishing the railing, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provi-sions, and as directed by the Engineer. SECTION 305 – PILE DRIVING AND TIMBER CONSTRUCTION
Add the following section: 305-2 MICROPILES. 305-2.1 General. 305-2.1.1 Summary. This section includes specifications for constructing micropiles. HS thread bars and couplers must comply with the specifications for HS steel prestressing bars in section 303-3.3. Bar reinforcing steel must comply with ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60. 305-2.1.2 Definitions. micropile: Small-diameter, bored, CIP composite pile, in which the applied load is resisted by steel reinforcing elements, grout, and frictional ground-grout bond. steel reinforcing element: Steel element used to strengthen or stiffen a micropile, such as bar reinforcing steel, HS thread bar, pipe, hollow structural section (HSS), or casing.
305-2.1.3 Submittals. 305-2.1.3.1 General. Do not order materials nor install micropiles until the experience qualifica-tions, shop drawings and calculations, and installation plan are authorized. 305-2.1.3.2 Experience Qualifications. Submit the following experience qualification infor-mation: 1. Summary of the micropile subcontractor's experience that demonstrates compliance with section 305-2.1.4.2. 2. Construction details, structural details, and load test results from at least 3 completed mi-cropile installations performed by the micropile subcontractor in the last 5 years. The
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 158 of 193
installations must be from 3 separate projects of similar scope to this Contract. Include a project description and the owner's name and current phone number.
3. List of on-site foremen and drill rig operators who will perform the micropile work and a summary of each individual's experience that demonstrates compliance with section 305-2.1.4.2.
305-2.1.3.3 Shop Drawings and Calculations. Submit micropile shop drawings and calculations to the Engineer for review. Allow 20 days for review. After the review, resubmit final shop drawings
and calculations. The shop drawings and calculations must be sealed and signed by an engineer who is registered as a civil engineer in California. The shop drawings and calculations must in-clude: 1. Name, address, and phone number of the micropile subcontractor 2. Plan view, including:
2.1. Station and offset at the beginning and end of the micropile structure and at any change in the structure's horizontal alignment 2.2. Identification and location of each exploratory borehole 2.3. Location of any existing utilities, adjacent existing structures, and other potential interferences 2.4. Micropile layout and spacing 2.5. Unique identification number for each micropile 3. Typical sections, including: 3.1. Micropile inclination 3.2. Drilled hole diameter 3.3. Micropile tip elevation
3.4. Micropile cutoff elevation 3.5. Steel reinforcing element details, including sizes, lengths, splice or joint types, and splice or joint locations
3.6. Centralizers and any spacers 3.7. Micropile anchorage details 3.8. Bond length
3.9. Corrosion protection details 4. Material properties 5. General notes for constructing the micropiles, including overall construction sequencing 6. Data demonstrating the adequacy of any threaded joints in the pipe, HSS, or casing for the tension load specified in section 305-2.2.2.2 7. Calculations for the bond length If you propose alternative steel reinforcing elements, include with the shop drawings and calcula-
tions: 1. Calculations for the structural capacity of the micropile with the alternative steel reinforcing elements 2. Calculations for the structural capacity of the micropile shown 3. Details and calculations for any anchorage changes needed to accommodate the alterna-
tive steel reinforcing elements 305-2.1.3.4 Installation Plan. Submit a micropile installation plan, sealed and signed by an en-gineer who is registered as a civil engineer in California, including: 1. Detailed construction procedures, including personnel, materials, testing, and equipment. 2. Layout drawing showing the micropile installation sequence.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 159 of 193
3. Information on headroom and space requirements for installation equipment that verifies that the equipment can perform at the job site.
4. Provisions for constructing micropiles near underground facilities. 5. Drilling or coring methods and equipment, including methods to: 5.1. Provide drilled hole support
5.2. Drill a straight hole 5.3. Advance through boulders and other obstructions 5.4. Prevent detrimental ground movements
6. Not Used 7. Length of steel reinforcing element sections to be used, splice or joint locations, and any splice or joint location restrictions. 8. Methods for placing, positioning, and supporting steel reinforcing elements. 9. Grouting plan, including: 9.1. Grout mix design. Include test results from an authorized laboratory for the com-
pressive strength of the mix at 3, 7, 14, and 28 days and the density of the mix. 9.2. Procedures for monitoring grout quality. 9.3. Placement procedures and equipment, including details for post-grouting, if used. 9.4. Methods and equipment for monitoring and recording grout depth, volume, and pressure as the grout is placed. 9.5. Grouting rate calculations, upon request. Base the calculations on the initial pump pressures or static head on the grout and losses throughout the placing system, including anticipated head of drilling fluid to be displaced, if applicable. 9.6. Minimum cure time and strength requirements for performing load testing. 10. Plan for the control and disposal of surface and groundwater, drill flush, and waste grout. 11. Load testing plan, including drawings and calculations that describe:
11.1. Testing procedures. 11.2. Reaction load system capacity and equipment setup. 11.3. Types and accuracy of the primary and secondary instrumentation equipment to
be used for applying and measuring the test loads and top of micropile movements. 11.4. Installation details for the instrumentation to be used for applying and measuring the test loads and measuring the top of micropile movements.
12. Calibration reports and data for each test jack, pressure gauge, load cell, and electronic displacement transducer to be used. The load cell calibration chart must show applied load versus millivolts per volt. 305-2.1.3.5 Mill Test Reports. Submit certified mill test reports for each heat number of bar rein-forcing steel or HS thread bar to be used within the micropile at least 7 days before using the materials in the work. The certified mill test reports must include ultimate strength, yield strength, elongation, and chemical composition.
305-2.1.3.6 Installation Logs. Submit each installation log as an informational submittal within one (1) business day of the micropile installation. The installation log must include: 1. Micropile identification number and location 2. Names of superintendent, drill rig operator, grout plant operator, and any other personnel
involved in the micropile installation 3. Date, time, and duration of drilling, steel reinforcing element installation, and grout place-ment
4. Drilling or coring method and speed 5. Details of any hole stabilization method used 6. Description of soil or rock encountered
7. Quantity of groundwater encountered
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 160 of 193
8. Description of any unusual installation behaviors or conditions 9. Drilled hole diameter
10. Micropile tip elevation 11. Log of grout quantities and pressures, including the time and micropile depth 12. Lengths of steel reinforcing elements
13. Details of splicing operations, including locations of the splices or joints 14. Bond length 305-2.1.3.7 Grout Test Results. Submit grout test results for density, efflux time, and compres-sive strength within 1 business day of testing. 305-2.1.3.8 Load Test Data. Submit load test data within 1 business day of the completion of a verification or proof load test. Load test data must be sealed and signed by an engineer who is
registered as a civil engineer in California. Load test data must include: 1. Micropile identification number and location 2. Installation date 3. Load test date 4. Testing personnel
5. Load testing equipment 6. Raw data from the electronic data acquisition system 7. Readings from the secondary load and displacement measurement systems recorded at each load increment 8. Specified curves plotted using data from the electronic data acquisition system 9. Comparison of the load test results and the acceptance criteria
305-2.1.4 Quality Assurance. 305-2.1.4.1 General. Not Used 305-2.1.4.2 Experience Qualifications. Each on-site foreman and drill rig operator must have experience installing micropiles on at least 3 projects completed in the last 5 years. The micropile subcontractor must:
1. Be experienced in micropile construction and load testing 2. Have successfully constructed at least 5 projects in the last 5 years involving a combined
total of at least 100 micropiles 3. Have previous micropile drilling and grouting experience in soil or rock similar to the soil or rock for this Contract
305-2.1.4.3 Preconstruction Meeting. Not Used 305-2.1.4.4 Quality Control. 305-2.1.4.4.1 General. Not Used
305-2.1.4.4.2 Grout Testing. Before placing grout into each micropile, test the grout density un-der API RP 13B-1 using the Baroid mud balance. Take the grout test samples directly from the grout plant. Test the grout compressive strength under ASTM C109/C109M at an authorized laboratory. Test at least 1 set of three 2-inch grout cubes from each grout plant each day of operation or for every
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 161 of 193
10 micropiles installed, whichever occurs more frequently. Take the grout test samples directly from the grout plant.
305-2.1.4.4.3 Load Testing. 305-2.1.4.4.3.1 General. The grout for each load test micropile must attain the compressive strength shown before you perform the load test. Notify the Engineer at least 10 days before you perform each load test. Perform each load test in the Engineer's presence.
Perform proof load testing in tension under ASTM D3689, except do not use the loading apparatus described as "Tensile Load Applied by Hydraulic Jack(s) Acting Upward at One End of Test Beam(s)." The tension load test results will be used to prove the required compression loads shown on the plans. For load testing: 1. FTL in the load test schedule must be equal to 200 kips
2. SL in the load test schedule must be equal to 100 kips Apply the test loads for tension load testing to the center bar only. Do not use an existing structure as part of the reaction system unless authorized. Test the pile loads using a calibrated jack and dial gauges as the primary load measurement system. Alternatively, use a load cell as the primary load measurement system. The load cell must: 1. Be of the bonded electrical resistance strain gauge type. 2. Have a full-scale range no greater than 150 percent of the maximum test load.
3. Be moisture resistant. 4. Be temperature compensated. The maximum temperature sensitivity at zero load must be ±0.05 percent of full scale per degree F.
5. Have a resolution within ±0.025 percent of full scale. 6. Have an accuracy within ±0.25 percent of full scale.
Use electronic displacement transducers as the primary movement measurement system. Dis-placement transducers must be capable of measuring to 0.001 inch and have enough travel to allow the load test to be performed without resetting. Apply the test loads using a hydraulic jack. Use the gauge in the jack and pressure gauge assem-bly as the secondary load measurement system. Jack ram travel must be sufficient to allow the load test to be performed without resetting the equipment. The pressure gauge must be graduated in 100 psi increments or less.
The load cell, if used, the electronic displacement transducers, and the jack and gauge assembly must be calibrated by an authorized laboratory accredited for calibration services using equipment traceable to NIST. The jack and gauge assembly must be calibrated as a unit. Use an electronic data acquisition system to simultaneously monitor and record readings from
the primary load and displacement measurement systems. The electronic data acquisition system must continuously take readings at regular intervals from the load cell and electronic displacement transducers.
305-2.1.4.4.3.2 Verification Load Testing. Not used
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 162 of 193
305-2.1.4.4.3.3 Proof Load Testing. Perform proof load tests on 1 micropile per footing. The Engineer selects each micropile to be proof load tested. The Engineer does not notify you of which
micropile is to be proof load tested until after all the micropiles have been installed. Perform proof load testing as follows:
1. Incrementally load and unload the micropile as shown in the following table: Proof Load Test Schedule
Load increment Hold time (minutes)
AL Until stable
0.25SL 1–2
0.50SL 1–2
0.75SL 1–2
1.00SL 10 or 60
0.80SL + 0.20(0.80FTL) 1–2
0.60SL + 0.40(0.80FTL) 1–2
0.40SL + 0.60(0.80FTL) 1–2
0.20SL + 0.80(0.80FTL) 1–2 0.80FTLa 5
AL Until stable
NOTES: AL = alignment load, 0.10SL
SL = service load FTL = factored test load aMaximum test load 2. At each load increment: 2.1. Apply the load in less than 1 minute.
2.2. Maintain a constant load for the hold time shown in the load test schedule. Start the hold time as soon as the load increment is fully applied. 2.3. Measure and record the top of micropile movement at the end of the hold time. 3. At the 1st application of 1.00SL, perform the creep test as follows: 3.1. Hold the load for 10 minutes. 3.2. Measure and record the top of micropile movement at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10 minutes. 3.3. If the movement measured from 1 to 10 minutes is greater than 0.04 inch, continue
the creep test as follows: 3.3.1. Hold the load for an additional 50 minutes. 3.3.2. Measure and record the top of micropile movement at 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, and 60 minutes. 3.3.3. Plot the top of micropile movement as a function of the logarithm of time from 6 to 60 minutes.
4. Plot the applied test load versus the top of micropile movement at each load increment. 305-2.1.4.5 Proof Load Test Acceptance. Each proof load test must comply with the following acceptance criteria:
1. For tension testing, the axial movement at the top of the micropile measured from the initial alignment load to the 1st application of 1.00SL must not exceed 1 inch at the end of
the 1.00SL hold time.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 163 of 193
2. For compression testing, the axial movement at the top of the micropile measured from the initial alignment load to the 1st application of 1.00SL must not exceed 1 inch at the
end of the 1.00SL hold time. 3. Slope of the applied test load versus the top of micropile movement must not exceed 0.025 inch per kip at the maximum test load.
4. Creep test movement must comply with one of the following: 4.1. For a 10-minute load hold, the movement measured from 1 to 10 minutes must be less than 0.04 inch.
4.2. For a 60-minute load hold, the movement measured from 6 to 60 minutes must be less than 0.08 inch and the rate of movement must be linear or decreasing in time logarithmic scale from the 6- to the 60-minute reading. If a proof load test fails to comply with the acceptance criteria, the micropile is rejected. Suspend micropile construction and comply with one of the following procedures:
1. Post-grout and retest the rejected micropile. If the post-grouted micropile complies with the acceptance criteria when retested, post-grout all of the micropiles in the footing using identical methods. Any proof load test performed on a micropile before the post-grouting does not count toward the total proof load tests required for the footing. 2. Proof load test all the micropiles in the footing that have been constructed unless other-wise authorized. Submit a plan for replacing rejected micropiles or for installing additional micropiles, including details for any micropile or footing changes required to provide the total micropiling support capacity shown. Suspend micropile construction until the plan is authorized. 305-2.2 Materials. 305-2.2.1 General. Welding must comply with AWS D1.1. 305-2.2.2 Steel Reinforcing Elements. 305-2.2.2.1 General. You may use alternative steel reinforcing elements if:
1. Structural capacity of the micropile with the alternative steel reinforcing elements is greater than or equal to the structural capacity of the micropile shown 2. Alternative elements comply with the specifications for steel reinforcing elements
3. Drilled hole diameter is adjusted to provide at least the same grout cover as the micropile section shown and does not exceed the smaller of 13 inches or 1/3 of the micropile center-to-center spacing
Alternative steel reinforcing elements must consist of pipe, round HSS, casing, bar reinforcing steel, HS thread bars, or a combination of these. You may use pipe, HSS, or casing complying
with one of the following specifications or another authorized specification: 1. ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B
2. ASTM A500/A500M 3. ASTM A501 4. ASTM A618/A618M 5. ASTM A106/A106M, Grade B 6. API N80 7. API P110 8. API 5L, minimum Grade B, PSL1
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 164 of 193
305-2.2.2.2 Pipe, Hollow Structural Sections, and Casing. Casing must comply with API N80. 305-2.2.2.3 Bar Reinforcing Steel. Bar reinforcing steel splices must be service splices. For anchorages that require threading nuts and plates onto bar reinforcing, you may cut threads into the bar reinforcing steel if you provide the next larger bar number designation from that shown. 305-2.2.3 Anchorage Components. Steel plates for the micropile anchorage must comply with ASTM A709/A709M, Grade 50, or ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50. Nuts and washers for the mi-cropile anchorage must be capable of holding the bar at a load producing a tensile stress of at least the specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of the bar. 305-2.2.4 Grout. Grout must be a stable, neat grout consisting of cement and water. Cement
must comply with section 201-1.2.1. Water must comply with section 201-1.2.3. If authorized, you may use an admixture in the grout. The admixture must be on Caltrans Authorized Material List and must comply with section 201-1.2.4, except the admixture must not contain chloride ions in excess of 0.25 percent by weight nor be an accelerating admixture. If authorized, you may add fine aggregate to the grout. Fine aggregate must comply with section 200-1.5. Grout with fine aggregate must:
1. Have a slump of at least 7 inches when measured under ASTM C143/C143M 2. Have an air content of no more than 2 percent when measured under California Test 504 3. Not contain air-entraining admixtures Mix the grout as follows:
1. Add the water to the mixer followed by the cement and any admixtures or fine aggregate. 2. Mix the grout with mechanical mixing equipment that produces a uniform and thoroughly mixed grout. 3. Agitate the grout continuously until the grout is pumped. 4. Do not add water after the initial mixing. Grout must comply with the following requirements:
1. Density must be greater than or equal to the density submitted with the authorized mix design.
2. Efflux time must be at least 11 seconds. 3. Compressive strength must be at least that shown at 28 days. 305-2.2.5 Centralizers and Spacers. Centralizers and spacers must be fabricated from plastic, steel, or other material that is not detrimental to the steel reinforcing elements. Do not use wood centralizers or spacers. Centralizers and spacers must be strong enough to support the steel
reinforcing elements during construction activities. 305-2.2.6 Corrosion Protection. Not Used
305-2.3 Construction. 305-2.3.1 General. Determine the bond length and installation methods necessary to comply with the micropile load test acceptance criteria. You may perform additional geotechnical investigation for the purpose of determining the bond length and installation methods. Do not drill, pressure
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 165 of 193
grout, or post-grout a micropile that is within a center-to-center spacing of 5 feet from an open micropile hole or a micropile in which the initial grout has set for less than 12 hours.
305-2.3.2 Verification Test Micropiles. Not Used 305-2.3.3 Proof Test Micropiles. Throughout proof load testing, maintain the test site in a con-dition that is level and free of water. 305-2.3.4 Drilling. Select drilling equipment and methods that are suitable for drilling through the conditions to be encountered without causing damage to any overlying or adjacent structure or service and without causing detrimental ground movements. Use temporary casing or another authorized drilled hole support method in caving or unstable ground. Do not use vibratory pile-driving hammers to advance casing. Each drilled hole must comply with the following tolerances:
1. Centerline of the drilled hole must not deviate from the micropile location shown by more than 3 inches. 2. Center-to-center spacing of the drilled holes must not deviate from the micropile spacing shown by more than 3 inches. 3. Axis of the drilled hole must not deviate from the alignment shown by more than 1-1/2 inches per 10 feet of length. Remove any material dislodged or drawn into the hole during micropile construction. The drilled hole must be open along its full length to the hole diameter shown before placing grout or any steel reinforcing elements not used to case the drilled hole. Dispose of drill cuttings under section 300-2.6.
305-2.3.5 Placing and Splicing Steel Reinforcing Elements. Place the steel reinforcing ele-ments before withdrawing any temporary casing. Splice the steel reinforcing elements such that
the axes of the 2 spliced lengths are aligned. If bar reinforcing steel or HS thread bar is used with pipe, HSS, or casing and the pipe, HSS, or casing has threaded joints, locate the bar splices at least 2 pipe, HSS, or casing diameters from any threaded joint.
Use spacers to separate steel reinforcing elements if more than one type of steel reinforcing ele-ment is used. Place the spacers at 10-foot maximum intervals. For steel reinforcing elements not used to case the drilled hole, use centralizers to support the element in the center of the hole and to provide at least the specified grout cover. Place the centralizers at 10-foot maximum intervals, with the uppermost centralizer a maximum of 5 feet from the top of the micropile and the lower-most centralizer from 2 to 5 feet from the bottom of the micropile. Attach centralizers and spacers to the steel reinforcing elements such that the centralizers and spacers (1) are secure enough to
withstand installation stresses and (2) allow the free flow of grout without misalignment of the steel reinforcing elements. Before you insert each steel reinforcing element into a drilled hole, clean the surface of the ele-ment of deleterious substances, such as soil, mud, grease, and oil. If you cannot insert a steel reinforcing element into the drilled hole to the required depth without difficulty, remove the rein-
forcing element, clean any grout from the surface of the reinforcing element, clean or redrill the hole, and reinsert the reinforcing element. Do not force or drive a reinforcing element into a drilled hole. Micropiles with partially inserted steel reinforcing elements are rejected.
305-2.3.6 Grouting. Grout each micropile the same day the hole is drilled. You may place the grout before or after placing the steel reinforcing elements. Place the grout within 1 hour of mixing.
Inject the grout at the lowest point of the drilled hole. Continue the injection until uncontaminated
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 166 of 193
grout flows from the top of the micropile. Grout each micropile in one continuous operation. Use grouting procedures that ensure complete continuity of the grout column.
If temporary casing is used, extract the casing in stages. After you remove each length of casing, bring the grout level back up to ground level before removing the next length of casing. Maintain
the grout at a level above the bottom of the temporary casing adequate to prevent displacement of the grout by material from outside the casing. The tremie pipe or casing must extend at least 10 feet below the grout level in the drilled hole at all times during grout placement.
If grout is placed under pressure: 1. Measure and record the grout quantity and pumping pressure 2. Use a grout pump equipped with a pressure gauge 3. Place a 2nd pressure gauge at the point of injection into the top of the micropile
4. Use pressure gauges capable of measuring pressures of at least 150 psi or twice the actual grout pressure used, whichever is greater 5. Do not use compressed air to directly pressurize the fluid grout Grout tubes may remain in the hole after the completion of grouting but must be filled with grout before pile acceptance. Maintain the grout level at or above the micropile cutoff elevation until the grout has set. Provide a positive means of support for maintaining the position of the steel rein-forcing elements until the grout has set. Load test micropiles must remain undisturbed until the grout is strong enough to provide anchorage during load testing. Dispose of material resulting from grouting. 305-2.3.7 Ground Heave and Subsidence. Control the grout pressures and grout takes to pre-vent heave and fracturing of soil or rock formations. If you observe signs of ground heave or subsidence, immediately notify the Engineer and suspend the drilling and grouting operations. If
the Engineer determines that the movements require corrective action, take the actions necessary to stop the movement and perform repairs. 305-2.3.8 Installation Logs. Prepare a separate installation log for each micropile. 305-2.4 Payment. The contract unit price paid for Micropile includes full compensation for fur-nishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing and testing micropiles, complete in place to the required nominal resistance as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. SECTION 306 - OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-3 TRENCH EXCAVATION. 306-3.3 Removal and Abandonment of Existing Conduits and Structures. Add the following:
Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are aban-doned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 167 of 193
Add the following section: 306-3.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel
plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use.
Add the following section: 306-3.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recog-
nized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 1. Traffic volume and composition.
2. Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. 3. Size of the proposed excavation. 4. Weather conditions. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging:
PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 8 PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (mph) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 5 where: PS = plate score. ADT = average daily traffic as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended
by the MUTCD 2012 California Supplement. EWL = equivalent wheel loads as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended
by the MUTCD 2012 California Supplement. DAYS = total number of 24-hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered.
WEEKEND = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. NIGHTS = total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Sat-urday, Sunday and holiday nights. WEATHER = total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. SPEED = the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. SLOPE = the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The ver-tical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50’) up and downstream of the position of the proposed steel plate bridging. LANES = the number of lanes where plates will be used.
When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 168 of 193
method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridg-
ing shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not
exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-3.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods
shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-5.3 Shop Draw-ings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306. Add the following section: 306-3.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: 1. Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the
sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. 2. Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2’) beyond the edges of the trench. 3. Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or
vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not ex-ceed 25 mm (1”) and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor’s option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the re-
quirements of tables 203-5.2(B) and 203-5.3(A). Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longi-
tudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2”) shorter than the width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6”) of the beginning and end of
the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter (12” x ¾”) steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm (12”) into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12”) taper to cover all edges of the steel
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 169 of 193
plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be com-pletely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor’s option, the methods required
for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Add the following section: 306-3.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table 306-1.1.7.4(A) TABLE 306-3.7.4 REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH
Maximum Trench Width(1) Minimum Plate Thickness
0.3 m (10”) 13 mm (1/2”) 0.6 m (23”) 19 mm (3/4”) 0.8 m (31”) 22 mm (7/8”) 1.0 m (41”) 25 mm (1”) 1.6 m (63”) 32 mm (1 ¼”)
(1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (5’), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submit-ted to the Engineer for review and approval in accordance with section 2-5.3. Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CALTRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid sur-face on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates
with known coefficients of friction available from the CALTRANS District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on
an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-3.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-6 BEDDING. Add the following section: 306-6.6 Bedding for Water Mains. All installation of, and bedding for recycled water, or potable water mains shall conform to Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for the Construction of (Potable or Reclaimed) Water Mains, latest edition. 306-13 TRENCH RESURFACING. 306-13.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and fifth paragraphs and substitute the fol-lowing: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materi-
als shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 170 of 193
removed and replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional pay-ment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated
conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials. 306-13.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-13.1, “Temporary Resurfacing,” the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials.
SECTION 311 – SPECIAL PROTECTIVE MATERIALS Add the following section:
311-2 METHACRYLATE RESIN BRIDGE DECK TREATMENT. 311-2.1 General. This section includes specifications for preparing and treating bridge decks with a high-molecular-weight methacrylate resin. 311-2.2 Submittals. Submit a work plan for applying the methacrylate resin treatment. Include
in the plan: 1. Schedule of work for the bridge
2. Description of equipment for applying resin 3. Range of gel time and final cure time for resin 4. Description of absorbent material to be used
5. Description of equipment for applying and removing excess sand and absorbent material 6. Procedure for removing resin from the deck and equipment to be used 7. Procedure for storing and handling resin components and absorbent material 8. Procedure for disposing of excess resin and containers Submit a safety data sheet for each resin component and diatomaceous earth shipment before use. Submit test samples of methacrylate resin components at least 15 days before use. Submit a public safety plan. Include with the submittal: 1. Public notification letter describing the work to be performed with treatment work locations, dates and times. Include a list of addresses for delivery and posting of the letter.
2. Airborne emissions monitoring plan. A Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) certified in com-prehensive practice by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene must prepare and execute the plan. The plan must have at least 4 monitoring points, including the mixing
point, application point, and point of nearest public contact. 3. Action plan for protecting the public if airborne emissions levels exceed permissible levels. 4. Copy of the CIH's certification.
Submit results from airborne emissions monitoring of the test area before starting production work. Submit results from production airborne emissions monitoring as an informational submittal after completing treatment activities.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 171 of 193
311-2.3 Quality Assurance. The Engineer may perform testing under California Test 342 to verify the coefficient of friction of the treated deck surfaces. The coefficient of friction of the treated
surface must be at least 0.35 when tested under California Test 342. 311-2.4 Materials. High-molecular-weight methacrylate resin consists of resin, promoter, and in-
itiator. High-molecular-weight methacrylate resin must be low odor and comply with the requirements shown in the following table:
Quality characteristic Test method Requirement
Volatile contenta (max, %) ASTM D2369 30
Viscositya (max, cP, Brookfield RV with UL adaptor, 50 RPM, at 25 °C) ASTM D2196 25
Specific gravitya (min, at 25 °C) ASTM D1475 0.90
Flash pointa (min, °C) ASTM D3278 82
Vapor pressurea (max, mm Hg, at 25 °C) ASTM D323 1.0
Tack-free time (max, minutes, at 25 °C) Prepare specimens under California Test 551 400
PCC-saturated surface-dry bond strength (min, psi, at 24 hours and 70 ± 2 °F) California Test 551 500
aPerform test before adding the initiator.
Sand for the abrasive sand finish must be a commercial-quality, dry-blast sand. The size of the sand must be such that not less than 95 percent passes the no. 8 sieve and not less than 95
percent is retained on the no. 20 sieve when tested under California Test 205. Absorbent material must be diatomaceous earth, abrasive blast dust, or an authorized substitute
recommended by the resin supplier. 311-2.5 Construction. 311-2.5.1 General. Before starting deck rehabilitation activities, complete the installation of any concrete barrier and the removal of any traffic stripes, pavement markings, and pavement mark-
ers. 311-2.5.2 Prepare Concrete Deck Surface. Prepare concrete bridge decks before applying deck treatments. Perform the following activities in the order listed: 1. Abrasive blast the deck surface with steel shot. Steel shot must comply with Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)-AB 3. Recycled steel shot must comply with SSPC-AB 2. 2. Sweep the deck surface.
3. Blow the deck surface clean using high-pressure air. The deck surface must be dry when abrasive blasting is performed. Remove all laitance, surface contaminants, and foreign material from the deck surface. If the deck surface becomes contami-nated before placing the deck treatment or overlay, abrasive blast clean the contaminated area and sweep the deck clean.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 172 of 193
When abrasive blasting within 10 feet of traffic, remove the residue using a vacuum attachment operating concurrently with the blasting equipment.
311-2.5.3 Methacrylate Treatment. Deliver the public notification letter to residences and busi-nesses within 100 feet of treatment work and to local fire and police officials at least 7 days before
starting treatment activities. Post the letter at the job site. Monitor airborne emissions during treatment activities.
Notify the Engineer at least 15 days before delivery of methacrylate resin components in contain-ers larger than 55 gallons to the job site. The Engineer determines the exact methacrylate resin application rate at time of placement.
High-molecular-weight methacrylate resin applied by machine must be (1) combined in volumetric streams of promoted resin to initiated resin by static in-line mixers and (2) applied without atomi-zation. You may apply resin manually. Mix at most 5 gallons of resin at a time. The deck must be dry before applying resin. The concrete surface must be from 50 to 100 degrees F. Relative humidity must be not more than 85 percent during the work shift. Thoroughly mix all resin components. Apply resin to the deck within 5 minutes of mixing at an approximate application rate of 90 sq ft/gal. Resin that thickens during application is rejected.
Uniformly spread the resin. Completely cover surfaces to be treated and fill all cracks. Redistribute excess resin using squeegees or brooms within 10 minutes of application. For textured or grooved deck surfaces, remove excess resin from the texture indentations.
Apply the abrasive sand finish no sooner than 20 minutes after applying the resin. The sand application rate must be at least 2 lb/sq yd or until saturation as determined by the Engineer.
Apply absorbent material before opening the lane to traffic. Remove excess sand and absorbent material by vacuuming or power sweeping. Traffic or equipment is not allowed on the treated surface until you have verified that the following conditions have been met and the Engineer has authorized the opening of the treated surface to traffic and equipment: 1. Treated deck surface is tack free and not oily
2. Sand cover adheres and resists brushing by hand 3. Excess sand and absorbent material has been removed 4. No material will be tracked beyond the limits of treatment by traffic Remove resin from the deck surface if the Engineer determines (1) the conditions listed above have not been met and (2) the allowable lane closure time will be exceeded. 311-2.6 Measurement. The payment quantity for furnish bridge deck treatment material is the volume of mixed high-molecular-weight methacrylate resin placed.
311-2.7 Payment. The contract lump sum price paid for Public Safety Plan for Methacrylate Deck Treatment includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 173 of 193
incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in developing and implementing the public safety plan as specified in these special provisions and as directed by the Engineer.
The contract price paid per square foot for Prepare Concrete Bridge Deck Surface includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing
all the work involved in preparing the concrete bridge deck surface for overlay, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
The contract price paid per square foot for Treat Bridge Deck Surface includes full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in treating the concrete bridge deck surface with methacrylate resin, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. The contract price paid per gallon for Furnish Bridge Deck Treatment Material includes full com-
pensation for furnishing mixed high-molecular-weight methacrylate resin, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. SECTION 312 – PERMANENT CRASH CUSHIONS
Add the following section: 312-1 PERMANENT CRASH CUSHIONS. 312-1.1 General. Permanent crash cushions must be TL-3 rated (minimum) and supplied by a manufacturer preapproved by Caltrans. A list of authorized materials is located at https://dot.ca.gov/-/media/dot-media/programs/engineering/documents/mets/highway-safety-features-a11y.docx. Install permanent crash cushions under the manufacturer’s instructions.
312-1.2 Submittals. Submit a copy of the manufacturer’s plan and parts list. SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-1 GENERAL. Add the following: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Plans, or for approved
temporary detours essential for safe control of traffic through and around the construction site. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 174 of 193
314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-2.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to
the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 1/8” in 10’ when meas-ured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 1/4” in 10’ when measured perpendicular
to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all require-ments of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout. 314-4.2.1 General. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall establish the nec-essary control points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the neces-sary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 1/2 inch per 50 feet from the spec-ified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 1/2 inch per 50 feet by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. 314-4.3 Painted Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings. 314-4.3.2 Surface Preparation. Modify the first paragraph as follows: The Contractor shall re-move all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be
abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the
street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum one-inch-thick asphalt concrete overlay is not per-
mitted. SECTION 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS. Add the following section: 314-5 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and re-
move reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Contractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in section 310-
5.6.8. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location,
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 175 of 193
by the Contractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be re-stored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 176 of 193
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 6, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 600 – ACCESS
600-1 GENERAL. Add the following: Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Con-tractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street
closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly af-fected by the work shall be notified. Add the following section: 600-4 STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, BARRICADES. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall pro-
vide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly re-move them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring,
partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1. The Engineer ...................................................................... 760-438-1161 x4411 2. Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch .................................... 760-931-2197 3. Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch ................................ 760-931-2197 4. Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance ................................. 760-438-2980 x2937 5. Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations.................................... 760-438-1161 x4500
6. North County Transit District ............................................... 760-743-9346 7. Coast Waste Management ................................................. 760-929-9400
The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing
any traffic control that affects bus stops. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (MUTCD 2014 Revision 1) and these Supplemental Provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said
component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 177 of 193
Add the following section: 600-4.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control
devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of section 603 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of section
602-2 et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of section 602-3 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water
borne conforming to section 210-1.6 for materials and section 310-5 et seq. for workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direc-tion and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled
way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the travelling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the travelling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as de-fined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS
“Standard Specifications”, except the sleeves shall be 7” long. Personal vehicles of the Contrac-tor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor’s vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6’ of
a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delinea-tors placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25’ intervals to a point not less than 25’ past the last vehicle or piece
of equipment. A minimum of nine cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a sign post or telescoping flag tree with flags. The sign post or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 600-4.2 Maintaining Traffic. The contractor shall maintain traffic during construction in accord-ance with the traffic control plans included in these contract documents.
Add the following section: 600-4.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD 2014 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provi-
sions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety.
When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 178 of 193
Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way.
Add the following section: 600-4.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe
operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not
start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. Add the following section: 600-4.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the Cal-
ifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD 2014 Revision 1) published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or per-manent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the align-ment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the tem-porary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose mate-rial. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or
other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation.
Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When tem-
porary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. Add the following section: 600-4.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and
all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer’s review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer’s approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of
TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer’s review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of
features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the sub-sequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The Contractor may choose to modify,
add to or supplement the TCP shown on sheets 9-10 of Drawing 499-5 of the contract documents
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 179 of 193
or substitute TCP to further its own interests. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (MUTCD 2014 Revision 1) as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, ad-dition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge
of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer’s sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the
TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addi-tion, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements,
and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. Add the following section: SECTION 602 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC PAVEMENT MARKERS
602-1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and appurtenances to public traffic. 602-2 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKERS. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Temporary reflective raised
pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pave-ment markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends
and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for tempo-rary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to replace
patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the section 314 "Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings, and Pavement Markers"; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be re-quired. 602-3 CHANNELIZERS. Channelizers shall be new surface-mounted type and shall be fur-nished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the spe-cial provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 3” x 12” in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 1000’ at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on
curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 180 of 193
their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certifi-cate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of section 4-1.5, "Certification”. Said
certificate shall certify that the channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the Engineer and were manu-factured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer.
Add the following section: SECTION 603 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING 603-1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein.
603-2 MAINTENANCE OF TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNS. If temporary traffic signs are dis-placed or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall
immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the
Work within 18 hours of such marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. Add the following section: SECTION 604 - TEMPORARY RAILING (TYPE K) AND CRASH CUSHIONS
604-1 TEMPORARY RAILING AND CRASH CUSHIONS. Temporary railing (Type K) shall con-sist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary
sand-filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans. 604-2 APPEARANCE. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 “Paint Systems” and 310 “Painting”. Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48
hours. The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place. 604-3 MANUFACTURE OF TEMPORARY RAILING. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CALTRANS Standard Drawings T3A and T3B. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201-1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures.” Load tickets and
a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201-1, “Portland Cement Concrete” and 303-1 “Concrete Structures”. Steel bars to re-ceive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end-connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 3” diameter by 3/8” thick plate welded
on the upper end with a 3/16” fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 “Ordinary Surface Finish.” Exposed surfaces of
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 181 of 193
concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pig-mented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing
compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor’s name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel.
604-4 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY RAILING. In addition to the requirements herein the temporary railing (Type K) shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Drawings T3A and T3B.
Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment Each rail unit placed within 10’ of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished
by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2012 California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing installed adjacent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provi-sions of section 206-7.2, “Temporary Traffic Signs”. Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary railing shall be restored to its previous condition or constructed to its planned con-dition.
604-5 TEMPORARY SAND-FILLED CRASH CUSHIONS. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be “Energite III” manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, “Fitch Inertial Barrier
System Modules” manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to de-termine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CALTRANS and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCHRP
350 standards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, dura-bility and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and in-stalled at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 15’ or less to the end of the temporary railing (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be installed per CALTRANS Standard Draw-ings T1A, T1B, and T2 for approach speeds no less than the posted speed of the street prior to construction or 35 mph, whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Con-trol Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2012 California Supplement shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CALTRANS Standard Drawings T1A, T1B, and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil supporting them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the tempo-
rary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from. 604-6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary traffic pavement markers, temporary channelizers, temporary signing, temporary railing (type K), temporary crash cushions and tem-
porary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 182 of 193
the lump-sum item for traffic control and payment therefore shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved
in applying, installing, maintaining, and removing temporary traffic pavement markers, channeliz-ers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as directed
by the Engineer. Payment for temporary crash cushions, concrete barriers and the signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the ap-proach path, maintenance, painting and re-painting, replacement of damaged units and removal
and shall also be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Payment for installation and/or relocation of K-rails and crash cushions when not shown on the plans and requested by the Engineer shall be made per section 3-3, Extra Work, SSPWC.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 183 of 193
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 7, STREET LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS SECTION 700 – MATERIALS
700-5 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS. 700-5.8 DETECTORS. 700-5.8.2 Inductive Loop Detectors. 700-5.8.2.1 Conductors. Add the following: Loop detector lead-in cable shall be Type B Caltrans Standard 16 AWG.
Loop detector wire shall by Type 2. Add the following section: SECTION 702 – BRIDGE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. The Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, General Provisions, Special Con-
ditions and Division 1 are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.2 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and inci-dental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Examine all other sections for work related to those other sections and required to be included as work under this section. 2. Examine the general provisions and requirements for electrical work.
1.3 GENERAL SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK: A. These specifications and drawings are intended to cover a complete operation of sys-
tems. The omission of expressed references to any item of labor or material for the proper execution of the work in accordance with present practice of the trade shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such additional labor and materials.
B. This specification, the drawings and General Conditions over the complete furnishing and installation of the electrical system and all related work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Furnish and install lighting system for the new pedestrian bridge, including but not limited to luminaires, outlet boxes, conduit, wire, controls, connections and ac-ceptance testing. 1.4 WORK NOT INCLUDED: A. Relocation of existing power and communications utility lines are by the respective utility companies.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 184 of 193
1.5 COORDINATION:
A. Examine all other sections of these specifications and drawings to determine the com-plete scope of the electrical work and coordinate all of the electrical work required for the entire project. Coordinate placement, routing and supports of electrical systems on the
pedestrian bridge with the bridge fabricator. 1.6 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
A. These drawings showing the layout of the electrical system indicate approximate loca-tions of outlets, apparatus and equipment. The runs of feeders and branch circuits shown on the drawings are schematic only and are not intended to show the exact routing and location of conduits and conduit termination. 1.7 ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS:
A. All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest requirements of the City of Carlsbad and the State of California Department of Transportation (Caltrans). B. Nothing in these plans and specifications is to be construed as permitting work not con-forming to these codes. 1.8 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS: A. Apply and pay for all permits required by any of the legally constituted public authorities for the installation or construction of the work included under this Division. 1.9 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. Materials and workmanship shall conform to the editions of the following standards,
codes, or specifications in effect on the date of this specification, unless otherwise spec-ified. B. Codes and Regulations:
CCR California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24 Parts 1 through 13. CEC California Electrical Code (CCR Title 24 Part 3)
G.O. 128 California Public Utilities Commission – General Order 128 IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association - applicable stand-ards NFPA National Fire Protection Association – applicable sections refer-enced by CCR Title 24 UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. - applicable standards
C. UL Label: All electrical materials and equipment falling within the scope of the underwrit-ers’ standards shall bear the UL Label. 1.10 EXAMINATION OF DRAWINGS AND SITE: A. Contractor shall carefully examine the site and existing building(s), shall compare the drawings with the existing electrical installations, and shall thoroughly familiarize himself
with all existing conditions within the scope of this work. 1.11 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING OF WORK:
A. Coordinate work with the work of the other trades, so that the work may proceed as expeditiously as possible.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 185 of 193
1.12 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: A. Electrical characteristics for this project are 480Y/277 volts, three phase, 4 wire, 60
Hertz. 1.13 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE:
A. Electrical systems including feeders and branch circuits, shall remain in service at all times. Coordinate connection to existing power source with the City of Carlsbad. Where interruption of any electrical service or feeder is necessary, prepare a written Method of
Procedure (MOP) for review by the City of Carlsbad. B. All cutovers shall be conducted between the hours specified in the MOP. Once a cutover is started the work shall continue uninterrupted until the electrical services are restored to the satisfaction of the City of Carlsbad. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products and complying with applicable IES testing standards. B. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. C. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. 1.15 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. On one (1) set of contract drawings, kept at the site during construction, mark all work that is installed differently from that shown on plans, including revised circuitry, material or equipment. Sufficient dimensions shall be provided to locate all materials installed beneath and outside the building including, but not limited to, underground conduits, ca-bling, ground rods and stubouts. B. All changes or revisions to the contract drawings including, but not limited to, those indi-
cated by amendment, change order, field order, written response to RFI or other contractual means shall be kept current as the work progresses and shall be incorpo-rated onto the final record drawings. C. Accurately locate and dimension all underground and embedded conduit runs on the record drawings. D. The marked drawings shall be kept current as the work progresses and shall be available
for inspection upon request. At the close of construction, prepare a set of accurate re-producible record drawings and turn them over to the Engineer. The correct and completed record drawings are a prerequisite to final contract payment.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 186 of 193
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS: A. All material shall be new unless specifically noted otherwise.
2.2 OUTLET BOXES: A. All outlet boxes shall be accurately placed and securely fastened to the structure inde-pendent of the conduit.
2.3 CAST BOXES: A. Outlet boxes shall be cast metal with threaded plugged conduit openings and a gasket cover plate specifically designed for the box use and intend function. Cast boxes other than those supplied by the luminaire manufacturer shall be ferrous alloy (“feraloy”).
2.4 PULL BOXES A. Pullboxes (less than 24" X 36") for exterior underground use shall be reinforced, precast, concrete electrical type. B. Boxes shall consist of a body, cover, extension and base, with clear interior dimensions as shown on the drawings. C. Covers shall be concrete bolt down traffic type. Concrete covers shall fit flush and without rocking. Chipped, cracked, or badly fitting covers will not be acceptable. All bolts shall be 304 stainless steel, pentahead. D. Mark all covers with permanent raised or depressed letters reading "Electrical”, "Parking Lighting", "Ground Rod", “Signal" or applicable designation unless noted otherwise on drawings. No abbreviations.
2.5 CONNECTORS TERMINAL LUGS AND FITTINGS: A. All connectors shall be UL listed for the intended use.
B. Terminals: For #10 AWG and smaller conductor cable: Tin-plated copper pressure con-nectors with nonflammable, self-extinguishing insulation grip with temperature rating equal to that of conductor insulation.
C. For #8 AWG to #4/0 AWG conductor cable: Tin-plated copper compression connectors and terminal lugs with nylon insulating sleeve for insulation grip. D. For #14 to #10: Wire connector bodies shall consist of a cone shape expandable coil spring insert, insulated with Teflon or plastic shell. All connectors shall be waterproof, listed for wet locations. E. Push-in connectors are not acceptable. 2.6 INSULATING TAPE:
A. Plastic tape: Vinyl plastic tape with rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, pliable at zero degrees F. B. Rubber tape: Silicone-rubber tape with silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Minnesota Mining and Minerals Co. (3M) #33 or equal. 2.7 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS
A. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC): Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. C. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1.
2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch, minimum.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 187 of 193
D. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. Fittings for GRC shall be threaded type.
2.8 RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT A. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651.
B. Fittings for RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; primed and cemented, match to conduit or tubing type and material.
2.9 WIRE AND CABLE: A. All wire shall be delivered to the job in unbroken packages, and each package shall bear the Underwriters' and Manufacturer's labels, showing the date of manufacture and the maximum allowable voltage. B. Wire smaller than #10 AWG may be solid or stranded conductor. #10 AWG and larger wire shall be stranded conductor.
C. Conductors shall be soft drawn annealed copper, ninety-eight (98%) percent conductiv-ity, continuous from outlet to outlet, without welds, splices or joints. D. All conductors shall be copper. E. The minimum conductor size shall be #10 AWG for all power and lighting systems unless specifically noted otherwise on drawings or in other sections of this specification. 2.10 INSULATION: A. Conductor insulation shall be Type "XHHW-2" 90 degree C rated. B. All conductors supplied under the scope of this project shall be insulated for 600 volts minimum. Wire and cable shall meet the applicable requirements of CEC and UL 83 for the type of insulation, jacket, and conductor specified or indicated. Wires and cables
manufactured more than 12 months prior to date of delivery to the site shall not be used. C. Temperature rating: comply with CEC 110.14(C). D. Color-Coding of Secondary Phase Conductors: Use the following colors:
1. 208Y/120-V Conductors: a. Phase A: Black b. Phase B: Red
c. Phase C: Blue d. Neutral: White e. Ground: Green 2. 480Y/277-V Conductors: a. Phase A: Brown b. Phase B: Orange c. Phase C: Yellow d. Neutral: Gray
e. Ground: Green 2.11 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. C. CRI of minimum 80. CCT of 4100 K. D. L70 lamp life of 50,000 hours.
E. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 10 percent of maximum light output. F. Internal driver. G. Nominal Operating Voltage: 277 V ac.
H. In-line Fusing: Separate in-line fuse for each luminaire.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 188 of 193
I. Lamp Rating: Lamp marked for outdoor use. J. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of
luminaire from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
2.12 WIRE MARKERS A. Heat shrinkable, flame-retarded, crosslinked polyolefin wire marker. Wire tags shall have a dielectric strength of 500 V/mil minimum and a temperature range from 16 degrees F
to 228 degrees F. Thermoplastic or wraparound tags shall not be used. All tags shall be printed using a 9 or 24 pin dot matrix printer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. All work shall be in conformance with recognized practices of the National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) NECA 1 – Standard Practice of Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting. 3.2 LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS: A. Install all material and equipment in such a manner as to avoid obstructions, preserve clearances, maintain code spacing and avoid modification of structural members. B. These drawings are diagrammatic to the extent that many offsets, bends, fittings and exact locations are not shown. Determine the best methods, exact locations and routes for installation and note any conflicts or obstructions. The locations shown for conduits, outlets, materials and equipment may be refined to meet the structural conditions with
the approval of the Engineer. 3.3 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, in masonry or poured-in-place concrete walls, aboveground:
RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried. 4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4. 5. Application of Handholes and Boxes for Underground Wiring: a. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional, Non-deliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Polymer concrete SCTE 77, Tier 15 structural load rating. b. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a
Safety Factor for Non-deliberate Loading by Vehicles: Polymer-concrete units, SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating. 3.4 OUTLET BOXES: A. Outlet boxes shall be used as pull boxes wherever possible, and junction boxes or pull boxes shall be installed only as required by the drawings or specifications, or as directed
B. Outlet boxes shall be installed. All devices shall be installed in outlet boxes sized per CEC according to the conductor fill. Where oversized boxes are necessary due to the number of conductors, the contractor shall furnish the required box size.
C. Outlet boxes shall be independently supported to structures in an approved manner. Conduit shall not be the sole support of outlet boxes.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 189 of 193
3.5 INSTALLATION A. Pullboxes and ducts shall be assembled and installed in strict conformance with the
manufacturer's instructions. B. Pullboxes with open bottoms shall be set on a minimum of 12 inches deep sand base to allow for drainage. Top of covers shall be flush with final grade or paving and shall be
perfectly level. C. Backfilling around structures shall consist of earth, loam, sand clay, or sand and gravel, free from large clods of earth or stones over 1 inch in size. Backfill materials shall be
placed symmetrically on all sides in loose layers not more than 9 inches deep. Each layer shall be moistened, if necessary, and compacted with mechanical or hand tampers to 90% compaction. Surfaces disturbed during the installation of pullboxes shall be replaced. D. After installation, pullboxes shall be cleaned of dirt, sand and debris and the covers set
in place. Pull ropes leaving ducts shall be suitably tagged to allow future identification and use. Location of duct entry shall be marked clearly on as built plans for pullboxes. 3.6 LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION A. Install LED/drivers in each luminaire. B. Fasten luminaire to indicated structural supports. 1. Use fastening methods and materials defined for the application and approved by the luminaire manufacturer. 3.7 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING: A. Comply with CEC and local amendments.
B. A green insulated copper ground wire, sized per CEC 250.166, shall be provided with each feeder and branch circuit of operating over 50 volts to ground. This ground wire shall be used for the grounding of all equipment.
C. Ground conductors for branch circuit wiring shall be attached at each outlet to the back of the box using drilled and tapped holes and washer head screws, 6-32 or larger.
3.8 INSTALLING WIRE: A. All branch circuit and feeder wires shall be continuous from switch to terminal or farthest outlet. No joints shall be made except in pull, junction or outlet boxes, or in panel or switchboard. B. All branch circuit and fixture wiring joints, splices and tapes for conductors #10 and smaller shall be made with UL listed connectors listed for 600 volts. C. Make all connections and splices necessary to properly install and complete the work. All splices shall be taped. All connections and splices shall be electrically and mechani-
cally complete, and in strict accordance with all Code requirements. 3.9 CORROSION PREVENTION A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment. B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 26 05 33 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical
Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch-thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 190 of 193
B. Engage a Certified Acceptance Technician to perform acceptance tests and inspections as required by CBC Title 24 Part 6. These tests and inspections are in addition to the
tests and inspections listed below. C. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after
electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. a. Verify operation of photoelectric controls. b. Verify operation of motion/occupancy sensors.
2. Illumination Tests: Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards. Comply with the following IES testing guide(s): a. IES LM-5. b. IES LM-50. c. IES LM-64.
d. IES LM-72. D. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demon-strate compliance with standards.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 191 of 193
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 8, LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION SECTION 800 - MATERIALS
800-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS. 800-1.2.3 Commercial Fertilizer. Add the following: Hydroseed fertilizer shall be long-lasting,
controlled-release, plastic-coated, uniform in composition, free-flowing, suitable for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the minimum available percentages of nitrogen, phos-phoric acid, potash and sulfur required by Table 800-1.2.5.1(A).
800-1.2.4 Organic Soil Amendment. Add the following: For all types of Organic Soil Amendment mulch materials produced from pine trees grown in Alameda, Monterey, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz or San Mateo Counties shall not be used in the Work. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall conform to the requirements for type 1 Organic Soil Amendment except as modified hereinafter. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be a wood or rice residual product derived from the bark of pine, white fir, or red fir or cedar or redwood shavings or rice hulls. Type 1A Organic Soil Amendment shall be manufactured from clean wood, free from clods coarse objects and rocks and shall conform to the properties shown in Table 800-1.2.4(A): TABLE 800-1.2.4(A) SOIL AMENDMENT PROPERTIES
Property Minimum Maximum
Dry Weight Nitrogen (1) (1)
Dry Weight Passing 25 mm (1”) Sieve 100% 100%
Dry Weight Passing #4 Sieve 95% 100%
Dry Weight Passing #16 Sieve 45% 65%
Dry Weight Passing #30 Sieve 30% 40% Dry Weight Passing #50 Sieve 0% 10%
Dry Weight Passing #100 Sieve 0% 2%
Salinity (1) (1)
Iron (Dilute acid soluble on dry weight basis) 0.08% ---
Ash (dry weight basis) 0% 6.0% pH 6.0 7.0
Wettability (1) (1)
(1) (As Required by Table 800-1.2.4 SSPWC) For all types of Organic Soil Amendment the Contractor shall supply the Engineer a sample of the proposed amendment accompanied by an analytical analysis from a qualified agricultural labora-tory certifying compliance to the requirements herein. Qualified agricultural laboratories shall have an on-going quality assurance program that fulfills the requirements of the most recent version of the “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Certificates of compliance shall contain a statement attesting that the organic soil amendment meets the requirements of these specifications and that the testing agricultural laboratory does fulfill the requirements of “Western States Laboratory Proficiency Testing Program Soil and Plant Analytical Methods”. Said submittal shall be in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 192 of 193
800-1.2.5 Mulch. Add the following: The terms Hydroseeding and Hydroseed shall be synony-
mous with Hydraulic for the purposes of Section 800. Disturbed Areas, planting areas shall be mulched, fertilized and seeded using method B. Mulch shall be manufactured from virgin wood cellulose fiber mulch and shall not contain growth or germination inhibitors. When mixed with
water, the mulch shall remain in uniform suspension and when blended with the seed, fertilizer, and other approved additives, shall form a homogeneous slurry. When applied, the fibers shall form a moisture absorbing membrane with adequate percolation properties sufficient to allow one
hundred percent of water applied at the rate of 3.1 liters per minute per square meter (0.075 gallons per minute per square foot) onto a surface inclined at a 2:1 (horizontal: vertical) slope to pass through the membrane. A non-phyto-toxic wetting agent shall be added to the slurry mixture. A water soluble, non-toxic green dye shall be added in sufficient quantity to clearly delineate the planted areas. When required, binder shall be added to the slurry mixture and shall be “CPA 4000”, “AZTAC”, “Ecology Control”, “M-Binder”, or approved equal.
Add the following section: 800-1.2.5.1 Disturbed Area Mulch Fertilizer and Additives. In addition to the seed mix shown in the table for Disturbed Areas the slurry mixture shall be applied at the rates shown in Table 800-1.2.5.1(A) TABLE 800-1.2.5.1(A) DISTURBED AREA MULCH FERTILIZER AND ADDITIVES
Component Application Rate Application Rate grams per sq. meter (pounds per acre)
Virgin Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch 225 (2000)
Binder (1) 7 (60)
Fertilizer (16-20-0) Ammonium Phosphate Sulfate, Plus 15% Soil Sulfur 35 (300)
Wetting Agent Per Mfg. Recommendation
Green Colorant Per Mfg. Recommendation
(1) Required to be incorporated only when applied between the months of Nov. through Feb. Add the following section: 800-1.2.6 Herbicides and Pesticides. Shall be used in their appropriate applications with strict
adherence to manufacturer’s specifications and instructions. Postemergent herbicide for all areas shall be Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine, in the form of its isopropylamine salt such as Roundup Pro, Diquat, Montar, or approved equal. Pre-emergent herbicide for shrubs and ground-cover areas planted from flats shall be Treflan, Surflan, Eptan, or approved equal. Add the following section: 800-1.2.7 General Soil Conditioners. Agricultural-grade gypsum shall be a calcium sulfate (CaSO4 H20) product 94.3 percent. 90 percent shall pass a 50 mesh screen. Control of dust during application is mandatory. Iron Sulfate shall be ferrous sulfate in pelletized or granular form containing not less than 20.0 percent iron expressed as metallic iron. Iron Sulfate pellets shall be of size and gradation such that 98 percent is retained on a 10 mesh screen.
Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6042/6056 Page 193 of 193
Add the following section: 800-1.2.8 Stabilizing Emulsion. Stabilizing emulsion shall be a concentrated liquid chemical that
forms a plastic film upon drying and allows water and air to penetrate. The film shall be nonflam-mable and shall have an effective life of at least one year. Stabilizing emulsion shall be nontoxic to plant and animal life and non-thinning to concrete or painted surfaces. In the cured state the
stabilizing emulsion shall not be re-emulsifiable. The material shall be registered with, and li-censed by the California, Department of Food and Agriculture, as an “auxiliary soil chemical”. Stabilizing emulsion shall be miscible with water at time of mixing and application.
800-1.3 Seed. Add following: The quantity of pure live seed supplied shall meet or exceed the quantity shown in the specified mixes. Seed shall not contain more than 0.5 percent weed seed by volume. Seed types shall be as specified on the plans and planting legends and shall be ap-plied at the rates indicated.
All brand-name, patented seed must be received by Contractor in original manufacturer’s bag. Seed shall be received by Contractor in separate containers specifying kind, quantity, purity, and germination. Contractor shall provide the Engineer with each seed bag label used in the Work. Add the following section: 800-1.3.1 Seed for Disturbed Areas. Hydroseeding mix for Disturbed Areas shall be consistent with plans on sheet 7 and Appendix B, “Revegetation Specifications”. Add the following section: 800-1.6 Erosion Control Matting. Erosion control matting shall be made of 100 percent-biode-gradable, weed-free wheat straw of thickness and density yielding 270 grams per square meter
(0.50 lb./sy) with photodegradable polypropylene netting with a density of 0.89 grams per square meter (1.64 lb/1000 sy) having an approximate mesh interval of 50 mm x 50 mm (2“ x 2“) on each face of the straw mat. The straw mat shall be sewn together with unidirectional lines of cotton or
polypropylene thread spaced approximately 50 mm (2”) apart. Erosion control matting shall be “North American Green, DS150”, “BonTerra S2”, or approved equal.
Add the following section: 800-1.7 Erosion Control Mat Staples. Erosion control mat staples shall be 25 mm x 150 mm (1” x 6”), U shaped 11 gauge mild steel staples.
APPENDIX A
STORM WATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION PLAN
Contract No. 6042/6059
APPENDIX A - SWPPP
The attached Tier 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is provided to the Contractor
for use in preparing the Project SWPPP for approval by the City. The Contractor shall be respon-sible for the preparation and implementation of the SWPPP and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans and coordination with the City and the Regional Water Quality Control Board shall be included as part of the contract price bid.
Contract No. 6042/6059
Contract No. 6042/6059
Contract No. 6042/6059
APPENDIX B
REVEGETATION SPECIFICATIONS
9/17/20 (P:\HCR1905 ‐ ECR at Cannon Rd Improvements\Reveg Plan\Revegetation Specifications.docx)
703 Palomar Airport Road, Suite 280, Carlsbad, California 92011 760.931.5471 www.lsa.net
LSA is a business name of LSA Associates, Inc.
CARLSBAD
FRESNO
IRVINE
LOS ANGELES
PALM SPRINGS
POINT RICHMOND
RIVERSIDE
ROSEVILLE
SAN LUIS OBISPO
MEMORANDUM
DATE: September 17, 2020
TO: Brandon Miles, Associate Engineer, City of Carlsbad
FROM: Jaime Morales, Senior Biologist, LSA
SUBJECT: El Camino Real at Cannon Road Intersection Improvements Project – Revegetation
Area Maintenance and Monitoring Specifications and Success Criteria (LSA Project
No. HCR1905)
The following information supplements the Erosion Control Notes and Hydroseed Mixture Notes
listed in the Construction Plans for the El Camino Real Bridge Improvements at Cannon Road – Phase
1 (Construction Plans). Where differences occur, this document takes precedence.
General Revegetation Notes
1. The Revegetation Areas specified in the construction plans shall be maintained and monitored
for a 25‐month period following acceptance of installation (or until success criteria are met).
2. All required revegetation and erosion control shall be completed within 30 calendar days of the
completion of grading or disturbance.
3. The Contractor shall correct all soil erosion and shall repair and/or replace all aboveground
erosion control Best Management Practices (BMPs) implements damaged throughout the 25‐
month maintenance and monitoring period. Any aboveground erosion control measures such
as, but not limited to, silt fencing, gravel bags, fiber rolls, and/or hay bales shall be removed by
the Contractor following acceptance of the 25‐month maintenance and monitoring period by
the Project Biologist. All hay/straw products shall be un‐decaying, clean and free of weeds,
seeds, and debris.
4. The Contractor shall remove all trash and/or debris from the Revegetation Area prior to
revegetation installation and until the end of the 25‐month maintenance and monitoring period.
Temporary Irrigation
1. Temporary irrigation is not required; however, the contractor may elect to install temporary
irrigation to meet the success criteria listed in Table A, at the end of this memo.
2. The Contractor may choose the temporary irrigation method. The temporary irrigation method
must be accepted by the Project Biologist and City Staff.
3. If employed, temporary irrigation shall be installed prior to seed application. Irrigation shall be
provided by the Contractor for a period sufficient to establish plant material and to provide
vegetative cover that prevents soil erosion.
9/17/20 (P:\HCR1905 ‐ ECR at Cannon Rd Improvements\Reveg Plan\Revegetation Specifications.docx) 2
4. Irrigation shall be performed in a manner that avoids runoff, seepage, and overspray onto
adjacent properties, non‐irrigated areas, walls, roadways, or structures.
5. The water delivery rate shall be matched to the slope gradient and the percolation rate of the
soil.
6. Irrigation shall deliver water sufficiently and uniformly, and shall be appropriate to the needs of
the plant materials.
7. Overwatering as evidenced by soggy soils, standing water, runoff in street gutters, and other
similar conditions shall be managed and prevented.
Seed Mix
1. The specified seed mix shall be applied only to the areas specified in the construction plans. The
seed shall be installed via hydroseed method.
2. Seed shall be applied between October 1 and March 1 during the rainy season, if temporary
irrigation is not implemented. If temporary irrigation is implemented, then seed application is
not limited to that date range.
3. All seed shall meet the minimum number of live seed per pure live pound, percent purity, and
percent germination figures, as noted in the seed mix tables provided in the construction plans.
If these figures cannot be met, the Contractor will coordinate and obtain approval from the
Project Biologist for alternative compliance.
4. The Contractor shall retain and submit all seed tags for seed products to be used to the Project
Biologist prior to application.
Seed Application Procedures
1. Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) shall be applied at the minimum rate of 1,500 pounds per acre;
hydropost premium compost, or equal, shall be applied at the minimum rate of 1,000 pounds
per acre; Biosol mix 7‐2‐3 organic fertilizer, or equal, shall be applied at the minimum rate of
800 pounds per acre; AM 120 Mycorrhizal inoculum, or equal, shall be applied at the minimum
rate of 60 pounds per acre.
2. BFM and hydropost compost shall be uniformly spread and “tacked” with Type 10 mulch
(stabilizing emulsion) binder at a minimum rate of 150 pounds per acre. The binder shall be an
organic derivative or processed organic adhesive, or as directed by the Project Biologist.
3. A wetting agent consisting of one ton per acre agricultural gypsum (95% Alkyl Polyethylene
Glycol Ether or as approved by the Biologist) shall be applied as per manufacturer’s
recommendations.
4. Equipment used for the application of slurry shall have a built‐in agitation system to suspend
and homogenously mix the slurry, the slurry mix shall be dyed green. The equipment must have
a pump capable of applying slurry uniformly.
5. All hydroseed mixing shall be performed in a clean tank. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to
locate a source of clean water and a washout area where rinsing can legally be carried out. The
hydroseeder must be equipped with a built‐in continuous agitation and recirculation system of
9/17/20 (P:\HCR1905 ‐ ECR at Cannon Rd Improvements\Reveg Plan\Revegetation Specifications.docx) 3
sufficient operating capacity to produce homogeneous slurry, as well as a discharge system that
will apply slurry to the designated areas at a continuous and uniform rate.
6. The Contractor shall spray the Revegetation Area with the slurry in a sweeping motion and in an
arched stream until a uniform coat is achieved, with no slumping or shadowing, as the material
is spread at the required rate. The hydroseed slurry should float down from the arched stream,
as opposed to being shot directly at the ground. Excessive mulch coating on adjacent vegetation
must be removed before the end of the day.
7. The tank must be emptied completely during each stage of hydroseeding. Any slurry mixture
that has not been applied by the Contractor within 1 hour after mixing shall be rejected and
replaced at the Contractor’s expense. In addition, all cost incurred for repair or replacement of
bare, sparse, or damaged areas shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Following
application, all activity on the mulch layer must be kept at a minimum.
Maintenance Requirements
1. The Revegetation Area shall be maintained for a period of not less than 25 months or as
determined by the Project Biologist. All revegetated areas shall be maintained by the Contractor
until final approval by the Project Biologist and City Staff. The maintenance period begins on the
first day following the acceptance of the installation.
2. Prior to final approval, City Staff may require corrective action including, but not limited to,
weed eradication and removal and the repair of any soil erosion or slope slippage, in
consultation with the Project Biologist.
3. Weed removal shall be conducted at a minimum frequency of every 2 months during the 25‐
month maintenance period, unless a greater frequency is warranted. Weeds shall be properly
disposed of off site. As required by the City’s Integrated Pest Management Plan (IPM),
treatment of non‐native vegetation will be conducted by using hand tools or with organic
herbicides. No synthetic herbicides can be used without conducting other measures first and
obtaining permission from the City, which may not be granted. To fulfill tracking and reporting
requirements for the City’s IPM, the Contractor shall keep detailed notes regarding weed
control methods and materials and will submit this information to the City.
4. The Contractor shall control weeds as identified by the Project Biologist such that no weed cover
exceeds 10 percent of the project site, before they exceed 12 inches in height, and before they
set seed. Areas where weeding creates in excess of 25 square feet of bare soil shall be reseeded
and maintained by the Contractor.
Table A: Success Criteria
Native Cover Nonnative Cover Bare Ground
At least 80 percent No more than 10 percent No more than 20 percent
9/17/20 (P:\HCR1905 ‐ ECR at Cannon Rd Improvements\Reveg Plan\Revegetation Specifications.docx) 4
Table B: Summary of Schedule for Maintenance, Monitoring, and Reporting for the Project
Period
Activity for Project
Biologist/Contractor
Project
Biologist Site
Visit
Frequency
Submittals/
Checklist Reporting Frequency
Revegetation Installation Project Biologist will be responsible for monitoring; Contractor will be responsible for installation and maintenance
As needed Memo prepared by the Project Biologist
One memo at completion of successful installation (as determined by the Project Biologist)
25‐Month
Maintenance and
Monitoring Period
Project Biologist will be
responsible for monitoring
and reporting; Contractor
will be responsible for
maintenance
Every 3
months
Memos and annual
reports prepared
by the Project
Biologist
Monitoring memos will
be submitted every 3
months; annual reports
at 12 and 25 months
Contract No. 6042/6059
APPENDIX C
SDG&E PLANS
FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOT
ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
(V. Romek 09/08/2020)
FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOT
ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
(V. Romek 09/08/2020)
FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOT
ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
(V. Romek 09/08/2020)
L1L2L3L4L5L6L7 L8
L9L10C1C2L13 L14C3
L15L16L17L18
C4
C5
L19
L2
0
L21L22
L23L24L25L26
L27L28 L29L30
L31L32
L33
L34L35 L36
L37L38L39L40 L41L42L43 L44
L45L46L47
L
4
8
L49L50 L51
C6
39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
0
SCALE IN FEET
30 60
SCALE: 1" = 30'
CONSTRUCTION STAGING PLAN
2
4 3
2
1
1
2
3
4
39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
0
SCALE IN FEET
20 40
SCALE: 1" = 20'
3
CIVIL IMPROVEMENT PLAN (SOUTHERN SIDE)
39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
0
SCALE IN FEET
20 40
SCALE: 1" = 20'
4
CIVIL IMPROVEMENT PLAN (NORTHERN SIDE)
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FOR
REDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
0
SCALE IN FEET
10 20
SCALE: 1" = 10'
5
CIVIL EXISTING UTILITY PLAN
”
”
5.””
6.”
7.”
39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
0
SCALE IN FEET
10 20
SCALE: 1" = 10'
6
CIVIL GRADING PLAN
39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
0
SCALE IN FEET
20 40
SCALE: 1" = 20'
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN
7
1
1
1
1
1
22
2 2
1
3
3
3
3
3
44
“”
TRAFFIC39TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENTEL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006ONLY8SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANTURN RIGHTRIGHT LANEMUSTNOT USED WITH THIS PROJECT4-10-202022
TRAFFIC39TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENTEL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-00069TRAFFIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION PLANEXISTING PHASE DIAGRAMLEGENDDETECTOR ASSIGNMENTNOT USED WITH THIS PROJECT4-10-202022
TRAFFIC39TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENTEL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-000610TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN NO 1TURN RIGHTRIGHT LANEMUSTSPEEDLIMIT554-10-202022
TRAFFIC39TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENTEL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-000611TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN NO 2TURN RIGHTRIGHT LANEMUSTSPEEDLIMIT554-10-202022
LOTB GENERAL NOTES
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
28 39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
4-9-20
6/30/2022
0
SCALE IN FEET
20 40
SCALE: 1" = 20'
LOTB PLAN AND LOG (B-1)
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
29 39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
4-9-20
6/30/2022
0
SCALE IN FEET
20 40
SCALE: 1" = 20'
LOTB PLAN AND LOG (B-2)
PLAN REPRODUCTION WARNING
THE PLANS HAVE BEEN CREATED ON ARCH D (24"x36") SHEETS. FORREDUCTIONS, REFER TO GRAPHIC SCALE.
30 39
KLEINFELDER
Bright people, Right Solutions.
550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101
Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-1039
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006
4-9-20
6/30/2022
EL CAMINO REAL
LIMITS OF WORK CANNON ROADLIMITS OF WORK
39
Engineering, Inc.
E-MAIL: engineer@treisd.com
TREI PROJECT # 17332.S00
Consulting Engineers
4719 PALM AVENUE
LA MESA, CA 91941-5221
619 / 466 / 6224 fax 466 / 6233
T U R P I N & R A T T A N
H.Lozano 04/09/20 - 12:55pm
Drawing Name: J:\17\17332.S00 - El Camino Real Pedestrian Bridge\17332.00\Acadproj\17332.S00_E31 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM, LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES.dwg Plotted by: H.Lozano | Plot Date: 04/09/20 | Plot Time: 12:55pmCDP2010031/SUP2010005/SUP2010006
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
No.11533
exp.6/30/20
ELECTR I C ALS
TATE OF CA L I F O RNIAREGISTERED P R O F ESSIONAL E
N
G
I
NEERDALE M . FRANCHA
K
.
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
31
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTIONABBREV.
ABBREVIATIONSELECTRICAL LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
BRANCH CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS:
GENERAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN KEYNOTES
GRADE MOUNTED PULLBOX DETAIL
PULLBOX DETAIL KEYNOTES
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN, LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES
4-9-20
6/30/2022
39
Engineering, Inc.
E-MAIL: engineer@treisd.com
TREI PROJECT # 17332.S00
Consulting Engineers
4719 PALM AVENUE
LA MESA, CA 91941-5221
619 / 466 / 6224 fax 466 / 6233
T U R P I N & R A T T A N
H.Lozano 04/09/20 - 12:55pm
Drawing Name: J:\17\17332.S00 - El Camino Real Pedestrian Bridge\17332.00\Acadproj\17332.S00_E32 LIGHTING PLANS AND DETAILS.dwg Plotted by: H.Lozano | Plot Date: 04/09/20 | Plot Time: 12:55pmCDP2010031/SUP2010005/SUP2010006
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
No.11533
exp.6/30/20
ELECTR I C ALS
TATE OF CA L I F O RNIAREGISTERED P R O F ESSIONAL E
N
G
I
NEERDALE M . FRANCHA
K
.
LIGHTING PLAN AT BRIDGE
BRIDGE SECTION WITH LIGHTING
LIGHTING ELEVATION AT BRIDGE
32
LIGHTING PLAN AND DETAILS
4-9-20
6/30/2022
39
Engineering, Inc.
E-MAIL: engineer@treisd.com
TREI PROJECT # 17332.S00
Consulting Engineers
4719 PALM AVENUE
LA MESA, CA 91941-5221
619 / 466 / 6224 fax 466 / 6233
T U R P I N & R A T T A N
H.Lozano 04/09/20 - 12:55pm
Drawing Name: J:\17\17332.S00 - El Camino Real Pedestrian Bridge\17332.00\Acadproj\17332.S00_E33 LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC STUDY AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE.dwg Plotted by: H.Lozano | Plot Date: 04/09/20 | Plot Time: 12:55pmCDP2010031/SUP2010005/SUP2010006
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
No.11533
exp.6/30/20
ELECTR I C ALS
TATE OF CA L I F O RNIAREGISTERED P R O F ESSIONAL E
N
G
I
NEERDALE M . FRANCHA
K
.
LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC STUDY
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FIXTURE
TYPE
MANUFACTURER AND
CATALOG NUMBER
EQUIVALENT MANUFACTURER
SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS COLOR
TEMP.
INPUT
VOLTS
TOTAL
INPUT
WATTS
DRIVER
TYPETYPE WATTS
LAMPS FIXTURE
MOUNTING DESCRIPTION
FIXTURE NOTES
33
LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC STUDY AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE
4-9-20
6/30/2022
39
Engineering, Inc.
E-MAIL: engineer@treisd.com
TREI PROJECT # 17332.S00
Consulting Engineers
4719 PALM AVENUE
LA MESA, CA 91941-5221
619 / 466 / 6224 fax 466 / 6233
T U R P I N & R A T T A N
H.Lozano 04/09/20 - 12:55pm
Drawing Name: J:\17\17332.S00 - El Camino Real Pedestrian Bridge\17332.00\Acadproj\17332.S00_E34 OUTDOOR TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION.dwg Plotted by: H.Lozano | Plot Date: 04/09/20 | Plot Time: 12:55pmCDP2010031/SUP2010005/SUP2010006
EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROAD
IMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:
No.11533
exp.6/30/20
ELECTR I C ALS
TATE OF CA L I F O RNIAREGISTERED P R O F ESSIONAL E
N
G
I
NEERDALE M . FRANCHA
K
.
34
OUTDOOR TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION
4-9-20
6/30/2022
EL CAMINO REALCANNON ROAD25'25'EL CAMINO REALCANNON ROADIRRIGATION DEMOLITION PLANRANCHO CARLSBAD OWNER TODISCONNECT/CAP EX. SPRINKLER(S)AND LINE AT CREEK SIDE OF CHAINLINK FENCE.EX. MANUAL IRRIGATION IN OPEN AREA INSIDERANCHO CARLSBAD:OWNER TO CUT AND CAP APPROXIMATELYTHREE (3) EX. FULL CIRCLE IMPACTSPRINKLERS ADJACENT TO AND ON NORTHSIDE OF EX. WALL AT EL CAMINO REAL, ANDCUT AND CAP EX. LINE(S) FOR LATERRECONNECTION AND SYSTEM RESTORATIONBY RANCHO CARLSBAD.EX. MANUAL OVERHEAD IRRIGATION INBETWEEN WALL AND EL CAMINO REAL. REMOVEALL IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT WITH DEMOLITION.CUT AND CAP LINE(S) FROM VALVEOUTSIDE, AND EAST OFCONSTRUCTION AREA. ADJUST EX.IRRIGATION COVERAGE AS REQUIRED.EX. RECYCLED WATER IRRIGATIONSYSTEM (ROBERTSON RANCH EAST H.O.A.)ADJUST EX. 12" POP-UP SPRAY HEADS ATEDGE OF NEW SIDEWALK (APPROX. 6'-8"FROM EX. FACE OF CURB)35REMOVE POP-UP HEADS WITHIN LIMIT OFWORK AND CUT AND CAP LINE(S) OUTSIDEAND WEST OF CONSTRUCTION AREA.ADJUST EX. IRRIGATION COVERAGE ASREQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EVEN COVERAGEOF REMAINING LANDSCAPE AREA.CHAIN LINK FENCESEE CIVIL PLANKLEINFELDERBright people, Right Solutions.550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-10393916 Normal StreetSan Diego, CA 92103619.294.4477www.ktua.com30201050SCALE: 1"= 10'39EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006LIMITS OF WORKNOTE:SEE GREENBOOK SPECIFICATIONS ANDPROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FORADDITIONAL INFORMATIONALL EXISTING PLANTING AND/ORIRRIGATION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ONSITE SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. ANYEXISTING PLANTING ORIRRIGATION DAMAGED DURING THECOURSE OF THE PROJECT SHALL BEREPLACED IN KIND TO THE SATISFACTIONOF THE CITY AND PER LANDSCAPE MANUALREQUIREMENTS
EL CAMINO REALCANNON ROADEL CAMINO REALCANNON ROADIRRIGATION PLAN36VERIFY EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLVALVE AND SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL.TEMPORARILY REMOVE END HEAD(S) ANDFLUSH OUT END OF LINE PRIOR TO ANYWORK.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF, ANDCONNECT TO EXISTING LATERAL LINE ANDEXTEND TO NEW IRRIGATION HEADS.ADJUST NEW HEADS TO PROVIDE WATERTO NEW TREES WITHOUT OVERSPRAYONTO SIDEWALK, UTILITIES, D.G., ETC.CHAIN LINK FENCEPER CIVIL PLANKLEINFELDERBright people, Right Solutions.550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-10393916 Normal StreetSan Diego, CA 92103619.294.4477www.ktua.com30201050SCALE: 1"= 10'39EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006LIMITS OF WORKVERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING LATERALLINE. CONNECT TO EXISTING LATERAL LINE ANDEXTEND TO NEW IRRIGATION HEADS. ADJUST NEWHEADS TO PROVIDE WATER TO NEW TREESWITHOUT OVERSPRAY ONTO SIDEWALK OR DG.PROPOSED TREES PERPLANTING PLAN SHEET 38IRRIGATION SCHEDULESYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODELARC PSI GPM RADIUS6" POP-UP TREE SPRAY HEAD PER DETAIL ARAIN BIRD 1806-SAM-PRS WITH 1800NP COVER& SQ-Q NOZZLEQTR.30 0.12 4'x4'6" POP-UP TREE SPRAY HEAD PER DETAIL A1806-SAM-PRS WITH 1800 NP COVER & U8-QNOZZLE90 30 0.26 8'IRRIGATION LATERAL LINE: 34" PVC SCHEDULE40PIPE SLEEVE: 2" PVC SCHEDULE 40; EXTEND12" BEYOND EDGE OF PAVEMENT AND D.G.SURFACESEXISTING MAINLINE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY)6" POP-UP TREE SPRAY HEADASECTIONSCALE: N.T.S.LEGENDINSTALL 2" ABOVE FINISH GRADE IN SHRUBAREAS / FLUSH WITH FINISH GRADE INTURF AREASFINISH GRADEPOP-UP BODY WITH SPRAY NOZZLE. REFERTO LEGEND18" MIN. SOIL COVERSWING JOINT ASSEMBLY, (3) PVC SCH 40STREET ELLS WITH (1) 6" THREADED PVCSCH 80 NIPPLELINE SIZE PVC SCH 40 SLIP X SLIP X 12" FIPTTEE OR LINE SIZE SLIP X 12" FIPT ELL ATTERMINAL ENDS34" PVC NON-PRESSURE LATERAL LINE.112233445566724" FROM EDGEOF HARDSCAPE235671NOTES:1. REFER TO PLANS FOR SPECIFICDIMENSIONS AND IRRIGATION NOTES FORSPRINKLER PLACEMENT.2. USE TEFLON TAPE ON ALL THREADEDCONNECTIONS.4EXISTING MAINLINECAPPED AT LIMITOF LANDSCAPEDEMOLITION PERSHEET 35VERIFY EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROL VALVE ANDSYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL. TEMPORARILY REMOVEEND HEAD(S) AND FLUSH OUT END OF LINE PRIORTO ANY WORK.INSTALL HEAD 36"FROM TREE TRUNKNOTES:1. SEE GREENBOOK SPECIFICATIONS ANDPROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. ONLY SUBSURFACE IRRIGATION SHALL BEUSED TO IRRIGATE ANY VEGETATION WITHINTWENTY-FOUR INCHES OF AN IMPERMEABLESURFACE UNLESS THE ADJACENTIMPERMEABLE SURFACES ARE DESIGNEDAND CONSTRUCTED TO CAUSE WATER TODRAIN ENTIRELY INTO A LANDSCAPED AREA.ALL EXISTING PLANTING AND/ORIRRIGATION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ONSITE SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. ANYEXISTING PLANTING ORIRRIGATION DAMAGED DURING THECOURSE OF THE PROJECT SHALL BEREPLACED IN KIND TO THE SATISFACTIONOF THE CITY AND PER LANDSCAPE MANUALREQUIREMENTS
EL CAMINO REALCANNON ROAD25'25'TREE REMOVAL PLANREMOVE EX. TREESSEE CHART FOR TYPE AND SIZEEX. TREE TO REMOVE (TYP.)REFER TO CHART FOR TYPEAND SIZEEX. OAK TREE TOREMAIN; PROTECT INPLACEEX. TREE TO REMAIN;PROTECT IN PLACEREMOVE ALL WEEDS SUCH AS CASTORBEAN (RICINUS COMMUNIS) FROMCREEK AREA WITHIN LIMIT OF WORK.PROTECT ALL NATIVE VEGETATION.37CHAIN LINK FENCEPER CIVIL PLANKLEINFELDERBright people, Right Solutions.550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-10393916 Normal StreetSan Diego, CA 92103619.294.4477www.ktua.com30201050SCALE: 1"= 10'39EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-00061234657101189121314151816171921202223#LIMITS OF WORK2524EX. TREE TO REMAIN;PROTECT IN PLACENOTES:1. SEE GREENBOOK SPECIFICATIONS AND PROJECTSPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.2. REFER TO CIVIL PLANS FOR EROSION CONTROLHYDROSEED INFORMATION.3. ANY TREES LOCATED WITHIN A VEHICULAR SIGHTLINE MUST HAVE ALL LIMBS REMOVED TO A HEIGHTOF 6 FEET ABOVE THE ADJACENT TOP OF CURB.LEGENDEXISTING TREES LEGEND
EL CAMINO REALCANNON ROAD25'25'LANDSCAPE MATERIAL AND PLANTING PLANCOBBLE (DETAIL C, SHEET 39)STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE (DETAIL D, SHEET 39)RECOMPACT SOIL 12 INCHES FROM FINISHED SIDEWALK EDGE2"-3" SIZE COBBLESTABILIZEDDECOMPOSEDGRANITECONCRETESIDEWALK PERCIVIL PLANSRECOMPACT IMPACTEDEDGE, MIN. 12" FROMFINISHED SIDEWALK2"-3" SIZE COBBLESTABILIZEDDECOMPOSEDGRANITEEX. TREE TO REMAIN;PROTECT IN PLACEEX. TREE TO REMAIN;PROTECT IN PLACELEGEND6" CONCRETE CURBUNDER RAILING(RAILING PER BARRIERREPLACEMENT PLAN)6" CONCRETE CURBUNDER RAILING (RAILINGPER BARRIERREPLACEMENT PLAN)6" CONCRETE CURBUNDER RAILING(RAILING PER BARRIERREPLACEMENT PLAN)6" CONCRETE CURBUNDER RAILING (RAILINGPER BARRIERREPLACEMENT PLAN)6" CONCRETEMOW CURB6" CONCRETEMOW CURB6" CONCRETEMOW CURB6" CONCRETEMOW CURBSTABILIZEDDECOMPOSEDGRANITE6" CONCRETE MOW CURB (DETAIL E, SHEET 39)38CHAIN LINK FENCEPER CIVIL PLANKLEINFELDERBright people, Right Solutions.550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-10393916 Normal StreetSan Diego, CA 92103619.294.4477www.ktua.com30201050SCALE: 1"= 10'39EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-00066" CONCRETEMOW CURBLIMITS OF WORKLANDSCAPE MULCH 3" DEEPLANDSCAPE MULCHEX. TREE TO REMAIN;PROTECT IN PLACELAG TUS24" BOX9NOTES:1. SEE GREENBOOK SPECIFICATIONSAND PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONSFOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.2. REFER TO SHEET 39 FORMATERIALS SCHEDULE.PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTINGLANDSCAPE TO THE EXTENTPRACTICABLE. REPLACE IN KIND ANYLANDSCAPE DISTURBED BY PROJECTCONSTRUCTION.ALL EXISTING PLANTING AND/ORIRRIGATION DESIGNATED TO REMAIN ONSITE SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. ANYEXISTING PLANTING ORIRRIGATION DAMAGED DURING THECOURSE OF THE PROJECT SHALL BEREPLACED IN KIND TO THE SATISFACTIONOF THE CITY AND PER LANDSCAPE MANUALREQUIREMENTSSIGHT TRIANGLEEXISTINGSTREET LIGHT(TYP.)·TREES SHALL BE PLANTED TO MEET THE 2:1 RATIO PRESCRIBED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD COMMUNITY FOREST MANAGEMENT PLAN.COORDINATION WITH CITY OF CARLSBAD PARKS AND RECREATION FOR ADDITIONAL 8 - 24" BOX TREES TO BE PLANTED ALONG THE ELCAMINO REAL CORRIDOR TO SATISFY THE PLAN REQUIREMENTS.·ANY TREES LOCATED WITHIN A VEHICULAR SIGHT LINE MUST HAVE ALL LIMBS REMOVED TO A HEIGHT OF 6 FEET ABOVE THEADJACENT TOP OF CURBHYDROSEEDAREA PER CIVILSHEET 7HYDROSEEDAREA PER CIVILSHEET 7HYDROSEED PER CIVIL PLANS, SHEET 7QUE AGR24" BOX2PLA RAC24" BOX3TREES CODE BOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZEQTY REMARKSLAG TUSLagerstroemia x `Tuscarora`Crape Myrtle Coral Pink 24" BOX9SELECT FOR PINK FLOWER COLOR. STAKEPER DETAIL A, SHEET 39.PLA RACPlatanus racemosaCalifornia Sycamore24" BOX3TREE SHALL HAVE A STRONG LEADER,SYMMETRICAL CANOPY, AND GOOD COLOR.STAKE PER DETAIL A, DRAIN PIPE PERDETAIL B, SHEET 39.QUE AGR Quercus agrifoliaCoast Live Oak Multi-Trunk 24" BOX2TREE SHALL HAVE A STRONG LEADER,SYMMETRICAL CANOPY, AND GOOD COLOR.STAKE PER DETAIL A, DRAIN PIPE PERDETAIL B, SHEET 39.PLANT_SCHEDULE
MATERIALS SCHEDULESYMBOLDETAILREFERENCEDESCRIPTION SIZE, OR COLOR/FINISHREMARKSSUPPLIER (ALL MAY BEAPPROVED EQUAL)N/AREMOVE EXISTINGTREESN/AGRIND STUMP TO 36" BELOWGRADE, MIN. AND REMOVE ALLROOTS LARGER THAN 3" INDIAMETER. RECOMPACT SOIL ANDPREPARE PER CIVIL PLANSN/ACCOBBLE2"-3" SIZE MEXICANBEACH PEBBLE,BUFF(TYPE 10 MULCH)SOUTHWEST BOULDERAND STONEDSTABILIZEDDECOMPOSEDGRANITE (D.G.)CALIFORNIA GOLDFINESSOUTHWEST BOULDERAND STONEAFOREST MULCH TYPE 1 GROUNDWOODAGRISERVICELANDSCAPE MATERIAL AND PLANTING DETAILSCOBBLE ON GRADENOT TO SCALESECTIONCLEGENDGRADES VARY, SEE CIVIL PLANSCOBBLE MULCHPERMEABLE WEED BLOCKING FABRICPER SPECIFICATIONSSUBGRADE8" (MIN.) TURN WEED BLOCKINGFABRIC UNDER AT ALL EDGES, (TYP.)SECURE FABRIC WITH STEEL "U"STAKES @ 24" O.C. AT EDGESPLANTING AREA, WHERE OCCURS123456NOTE:COBBLE MULCH TO COVER 100% OVER WEED BLOCKING FABRICAND SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE THROUGHTOUT AREA OFAPPLICATION.512346DECOMPOSED GRANITE SURFACE (D.G.)SCALE: 1"=1'-0"SECTIONDLEGENDADJACENT PAVED SURFACE OR CURB.WHERE D.G. IS ADJACENT TOWALKABLE SURFACE, TOP OF D.G. ISTO BE LEVEL WITH PAVEMENT'S FINISHSURFACE.COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO 6" DEEPSTABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITESURFACE2" DEPTHFINISH GRADECONCRETE CURB PER DETAIL D1234566526"413NOTE:STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE SURFACE SHALL BEMAINTAINED SO THAT A LEVEL, FIRM, STABLE, RESISTANTSURFACE IS PROVIDED. RE-APPLY STABILIZER PERMANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS (5-10 YEARS).4"NOTE:INSTALL EXPANSION JOINTSAT 30' O.C. & CAULK6"453211LANDSCAPE AREA PER PLANTINGPLAN26" WIDE CONCRETE MOW CURB3#3 REBAR- CONTINUOUS CENTERIN MOW CURB (LAP 12"@SPLICES)4STABILIZED DG OR COBBLE PER PLANS5SUBSOIL COMPACTED 95% TOMIN. 12" DEPTHSCALE: 2"=1'-0"SECTIONE39KLEINFELDERBright people, Right Solutions.550 West C Street Suite 1200 San Diego, CA 92101Tel. (619) 831-4600 Fax. (619) 232-10393916 Normal StreetSan Diego, CA 92103619.294.4477www.ktua.com39EL CAMINO REAL BRIDGEIMPROVEMENTS AT CANNON ROADIMPROVEMENT PLAN FOR:CDP2018-0031/SUP2018-0005/SUP2018-0006#6"NOTE:1. SEE GREENBOOK SPECIFICATIONSAND PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONSFOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.LEGENDWOOD STAKE (SEE SPECIFICATIONS)TREE TIE (MIN. 4 REQUIRED, NAIL TOSTAKE)MULCH, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONSAND PLANTING NOTES FOR DEPTHAND TYPETREE OBSERVATION TUBE FORCAMPHOR TREES. SEE DETAIL B, THISSHEETFINISH GRADEPLANT TABLETS (3" BELOW GRADE)PLANTING PIT W/ ROUGHENED SIDESBACKFILL MIX (PUDDLE AND SETTLE)2x ROOTBALL DIAMETER MIN.ROOTBALLDEPTH OF ROOTBALL6" WATERING BASIN (EXCEPT IN LAWN)TREE COLLARTREE TRUNKCUT ALL STAKES 6" BELOW TREECANOPY123456789101112131415NOTES:A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLANTING PROCEDURES ANDADDITIONAL INFORMATION.B. REMOVE FROM BOX WITH AS LITTLE DISTURBANCE TO THEROOTBALL AS POSSIBLE.TREE PLANTING WITHDOUBLE STAKING AND OBSERVATION TUBENOT TO SCALESECTIONA 12"MIN.24"151413121191012345678 H.P.+534126'-0" MIN.
6"12"MIN. DIA.2" MAX.68" MIN.4321LEGENDBACKFILL MIXGRAVEL FILL AROUND PIPE3" PERFORATED PIPE WITH FILTERSOCK (LENGTH AS REQUIRED)PLASTIC ATRIUM DRAIN GRATEFINISH GRADEUNDISTURBED ROOTBALL123456NOTES:A. EXTEND PERFORATED PIPE BELOWBOTTOM OF ROOTBALL. SLANT BOTTOMOF PLANTER PIT TO ALLOWACCUMULATED WATER TO COLLECT ATBASE OF PERFORATED PIPE. SIPHON OFFAS REQUIRED TO PREVENT ROOT ROT.B. DO NOT FILL PERFORATED PIPE WITHGRAVEL.TREE OBSERVATION TUBENOT TO SCALEPLAN & SECTIONBPLANSECTION6